patch 9.0.1036: undo misbehaves when writing from an insert mode mapping

Problem:    Undo misbehaves when writing from an insert mode mapping.
Solution:   Sync undo when writing. (closes #11674)

.appveyor.yml

@@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ environment:
     - FEATURE: HUGE
 # disabled
 #    - FEATURE: TINY
-#    - FEATURE: SMALL
 #    - FEATURE: NORMAL
 #    - FEATURE: BIG
 

.cirrus.yml

@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ freebsd_task:
     - name: FreeBSD 13.1
       freebsd_instance:
         image_family: freebsd-13-1
-    - name: FreeBSD 12.3
+    - name: FreeBSD 12.4
       freebsd_instance:
-        image_family: freebsd-12-3
+        image_family: freebsd-12-4
   timeout_in: 20m
   install_script:
     - pkg update -f
@@ -30,15 +30,17 @@ macos_task:
   name: macOS m1
   macos_instance:
     image: ghcr.io/cirruslabs/macos-ventura-xcode:latest
+  env:
+    # only run with clang, gcc is not real, it is a link to clang
+    CC: clang
   timeout_in: 20m
   install_script:
-    - uname -a
     - brew update
     - brew install gettext libtool
   build_script:
     - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
     - ./configure --with-features=${FEATURES}
-    - make -j${NPROC} CC=clang
+    - make -j${NPROC}
   test_script:
     - src/vim --version
-    - make CC=clang test
+    - make test

.github/CODEOWNERS

@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ runtime/compiler/gawk.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/gjs.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/go.vim			@dbarnett
 runtime/compiler/haml.vim		@tpope
+runtime/compiler/hare.vim		@rsaihe
 runtime/compiler/icon.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/javac.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/jest.vim		@dkearns
@@ -103,10 +104,12 @@ runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt		@cecamp
 runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt			@cecamp
 runtime/doc/ps1.txt			@heaths
 runtime/ftplugin/abaqus.vim		@costerwi
+runtime/ftplugin/apache.vim		@dubgeiser 
 runtime/ftplugin/awk.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/basic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/bst.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/cfg.vim		@chrisbra
+runtime/ftplugin/chatito.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/clojure.vim		@axvr
 runtime/ftplugin/cs.vim			@nickspoons
 runtime/ftplugin/csh.vim		@dkearns
@@ -116,9 +119,9 @@ runtime/ftplugin/desktop.vim		@e-kwsm
 runtime/ftplugin/dosbatch.vim		@mrdubya
 runtime/ftplugin/eiffel.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/elixir.vim		@mhanberg
-runtime/ftplugin/expect.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/erlang.vim		@hcs42
 runtime/ftplugin/eruby.vim		@tpope @dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/expect.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/fennel.vim		@gpanders
 runtime/ftplugin/fetchmail.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/fpcmake.vim		@dkearns
@@ -134,9 +137,11 @@ runtime/ftplugin/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/gitignore.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/gitrebase.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/gitsendemail.vim	@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/gyp.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/go.vim			@dbarnett
 runtime/ftplugin/gprof.vim		@dpelle
 runtime/ftplugin/haml.vim		@tpope
+runtime/ftplugin/hare.vim		@rsaihe
 runtime/ftplugin/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/ftplugin/html.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/i3config.vim		@hiqua
@@ -162,11 +167,13 @@ runtime/ftplugin/nginx.vim		@chr4
 runtime/ftplugin/nroff.vim		@a-vrma
 runtime/ftplugin/nsis.vim		@k-takata
 runtime/ftplugin/octave.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/openvpn.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/pascal.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/pbtxt.vim		@lakshayg
 runtime/ftplugin/pdf.vim		@tpope
 runtime/ftplugin/perl.vim		@petdance @dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/pod.vim		@petdance @dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/poefilter.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/postscr.vim		@mrdubya
 runtime/ftplugin/ps1.vim		@heaths
 runtime/ftplugin/ps1xml.vim		@heaths
@@ -188,6 +195,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/sdoc.vim		@gpanders
 runtime/ftplugin/sh.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/solution.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim		@ignatenkobrain
+runtime/ftplugin/ssa.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/swayconfig.vim		@jamespeapen
 runtime/ftplugin/systemverilog.vim	@Kocha
 runtime/ftplugin/tap.vim		@petdance
@@ -208,6 +216,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/zsh.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/indent/basic.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/bst.vim			@tpope
 runtime/indent/cdl.vim			@dkearns
+runtime/indent/chatito.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/indent/clojure.vim		@axvr
 runtime/indent/config.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/cs.vim			@nickspoons
@@ -229,7 +238,9 @@ runtime/indent/gdscript.vim		@habamax
 runtime/indent/gitconfig.vim		@tpope
 runtime/indent/gitolite.vim		@sitaramc
 runtime/indent/go.vim			@dbarnett
+runtime/indent/gyp.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/indent/haml.vim			@tpope
+runtime/indent/hare.vim			@rsaihe
 runtime/indent/idlang.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/indent/j.vim			@glts
 runtime/indent/java.vim			@xuhdev
@@ -285,6 +296,7 @@ runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/tarPlugin.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/vimballPlugin.vim	@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/zipPlugin.vim		@cecamp
+runtime/plugin/manpager.vim		@Konfekt
 runtime/syntax/abaqus.vim		@costerwi
 runtime/syntax/aidl.vim			@dpelle
 runtime/syntax/amiga.vim		@cecamp
@@ -303,6 +315,7 @@ runtime/syntax/cabal.vim		@coot
 runtime/syntax/cabalconfig.vim		@coot
 runtime/syntax/cabalproject.vim		@coot
 runtime/syntax/cf.vim			@ernstvanderlinden
+runtime/syntax/chatito.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/clojure.vim		@axvr
 runtime/syntax/cs.vim			@nickspoons
 runtime/syntax/csh.vim			@cecamp
@@ -345,9 +358,12 @@ runtime/syntax/go.vim			@bhcleek
 runtime/syntax/godoc.vim		@dbarnett
 runtime/syntax/gprof.vim		@dpelle
 runtime/syntax/groff.vim		@jmarshall
+runtime/syntax/gyp.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/haml.vim			@tpope
+runtime/syntax/hare.vim			@rsaihe
 runtime/syntax/haskell.vim		@coot
 runtime/syntax/hgcommit.vim		@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/hollywood.vim		@sodero
 runtime/syntax/html.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/i3config.vim		@hiqua
 runtime/syntax/icon.vim			@dkearns
@@ -380,6 +396,7 @@ runtime/syntax/nginx.vim		@chr4
 runtime/syntax/ninja.vim		@nico
 runtime/syntax/nroff.vim		@jmarshall
 runtime/syntax/nsis.vim			@k-takata
+runtime/syntax/openvpn.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/pascal.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/pbtxt.vim		@lakshayg
 runtime/syntax/pdf.vim			@tpope
@@ -387,6 +404,7 @@ runtime/syntax/perl.vim			@petdance
 runtime/syntax/php.vim			@TysonAndre
 runtime/syntax/plsql.vim		@lee-lindley
 runtime/syntax/pod.vim			@petdance
+runtime/syntax/poefilter.vim		@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/postscr.vim		@mrdubya
 runtime/syntax/privoxy.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/prolog.vim		@XVilka
@@ -414,12 +432,14 @@ runtime/syntax/sass.vim			@tpope
 runtime/syntax/scala.vim		@derekwyatt
 runtime/syntax/scss.vim			@tpope
 runtime/syntax/sdoc.vim			@gpanders
+runtime/syntax/sed.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/sh.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/sm.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/spec.vim			@ignatenkobrain
-runtime/syntax/srt.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/sqloracle.vim		@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/squirrel.vim		@zenmatic
+runtime/syntax/srt.vim			@ObserverOfTime
+runtime/syntax/ssa.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/sshconfig.vim		@Jakuje
 runtime/syntax/sshdconfig.vim		@Jakuje
 runtime/syntax/sudoers.vim		@e-kwsm

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ jobs:
     strategy:
       fail-fast: false
       matrix:
-        features: [tiny, small, normal, huge]
+        features: [tiny, normal, huge]
         compiler: [clang, gcc]
         extra: [none]
         include:
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ jobs:
           echo "TMPDIR=${{ runner.temp }}"
 
           case "${{ matrix.features }}" in
-          tiny|small)
+          tiny)
             echo "TEST=testtiny"
             if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'nogui') }}; then
               echo "CONFOPT=--disable-gui"
@@ -174,22 +174,23 @@ jobs:
           sudo usermod -a -G audio "${USER}"
           sudo bash ci/setup-xvfb.sh
 
-      - name: Cache snd-dummy
-        uses: actions/cache@v3
-        with:
-          path: ${{ env.SND_DUMMY_DIR }}
-          key: linux-${{ env.LINUX_VERSION }}-snd-dummy
+      # FIXME: Temporarily disabled because of build errors
+      #- name: Cache snd-dummy
+      #  uses: actions/cache@v3
+      #  with:
+      #    path: ${{ env.SND_DUMMY_DIR }}
+      #    key: linux-${{ env.LINUX_VERSION }}-snd-dummy
 
-      - name: Set up snd-dummy
-        run: |
-          if [[ ! -e ${SND_DUMMY_DIR}/snd-dummy.ko ]]; then
-            bash ci/build-snd-dummy.sh
-          fi
-          cd "${SND_DUMMY_DIR}"
-          sudo insmod soundcore.ko
-          sudo insmod snd.ko
-          sudo insmod snd-pcm.ko
-          sudo insmod snd-dummy.ko
+      #- name: Set up snd-dummy
+      #  run: |
+      #    if [[ ! -e ${SND_DUMMY_DIR}/snd-dummy.ko ]]; then
+      #      bash ci/build-snd-dummy.sh
+      #    fi
+      #    cd "${SND_DUMMY_DIR}"
+      #    sudo insmod soundcore.ko
+      #    sudo insmod snd.ko
+      #    sudo insmod snd-pcm.ko
+      #    sudo insmod snd-dummy.ko
 
       - name: Check autoconf
         if: contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests')
@@ -304,6 +305,7 @@ jobs:
         run: |
           brew install lua
           echo "LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+          brew uninstall perl
 
       - name: Set up environment
         run: |
@@ -400,6 +402,9 @@ jobs:
         id: init
         shell: bash
         run: |
+          # Show Windows version
+          cmd /c ver
+
           git config --global core.autocrlf input
 
           if [ "${{ matrix.arch }}" = "x64" ]; then
@@ -421,9 +426,9 @@ jobs:
           echo "VCVARSALL=$(vswhere -products \* -latest -property installationPath)\\VC\\Auxiliary\\Build\\vcvarsall.bat" >> $GITHUB_ENV
           if [ "${{ matrix.features }}" != "TINY" ]; then
             if [ "${{ matrix.arch }}" = "x86" ]; then
-              choco install python2 --forcex86
+              choco install python2 --no-progress --forcex86
             else
-              choco install python2
+              choco install python2 --no-progress
             fi
           fi
           python3_dir=$(cat "/proc/$cygreg/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/SOFTWARE/Python/PythonCore/${PYTHON3_VER_DOT}$pyreg/InstallPath/@")

.github/workflows/coverity.yml

@@ -15,20 +15,22 @@ jobs:
       CC: gcc
       CFLAGS: -Wno-deprecated-declarations
       DEBIAN_FRONTEND: noninteractive
+      TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_TOKEN }}
 
     steps:
       - name: Checkout repository from github
+        if: env.TOKEN
         uses: actions/checkout@v3
 
       - name: Download Coverity
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           wget -q https://scan.coverity.com/download/cxx/linux64 --post-data "token=$TOKEN&project=vim" -O coverity_tool.tgz
           mkdir cov-scan
           tar ax -f coverity_tool.tgz --strip-components=1 -C cov-scan
-        env:
-          TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_TOKEN }}
 
       - name: Install packages
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           sudo apt update && sudo apt install -y \
             autoconf \
@@ -47,6 +49,7 @@ jobs:
             libsodium-dev
 
       - name: Set up environment
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           echo "$(pwd)/cov-scan/bin" >> $GITHUB_PATH
           (
@@ -55,6 +58,7 @@ jobs:
           ) >> $GITHUB_ENV
 
       - name: Configure
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           ./configure --with-features=huge ${CONFOPT} --enable-fail-if-missing
           # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
@@ -62,10 +66,12 @@ jobs:
           sed -i -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed src/auto/config.mk
 
       - name: Build/scan vim
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           cov-build --dir cov-int make -j${NPROC}
 
       - name: Submit results
+        if: env.TOKEN
         run: |
           tar zcf cov-scan.tgz cov-int
           curl --form token=$TOKEN \
@@ -75,5 +81,4 @@ jobs:
             --form description="Automatic GHA scan" \
             'https://scan.coverity.com/builds?project=vim'
         env:
-          TOKEN: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_TOKEN }}
           EMAIL: ${{ secrets.COVERITY_SCAN_EMAIL }}

.gitignore

@@ -44,6 +44,8 @@ gvimext.lib
 gvim.lib
 runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
 nsis/icons/*
+/vim90/
+.vscode/
 
 # NetBeans
 nbproject/*
@@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ src/testdir/messages
 src/testdir/viminfo
 src/testdir/opt_test.vim
 src/testdir/failed
+src/testdir/starttime
 runtime/indent/testdir/*.out
 runtime/indent/testdir/*.fail
 src/memfile_test

.lgtm.yml

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-# Format of this file: https://lgtm.com/help/lgtm/lgtm.yml-configuration-file
-path_classifiers:
-  documentation:
-    - runtime/tutor/tutor*

Filelist

@@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.github/workflows/ci.yml \
 		.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml \
 		.github/workflows/coverity.yml \
+		.github/dependabot.yml \
 		.gitignore \
 		.hgignore \
-		.lgtm.yml \
 		.appveyor.yml \
 		.codecov.yml \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
@@ -87,10 +87,11 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/job.c \
 		src/json.c \
 		src/json_test.c \
+		src/keymap.h \
 		src/kword_test.c \
 		src/list.c \
 		src/locale.c \
-		src/keymap.h \
+		src/logfile.c \
 		src/macros.h \
 		src/main.c \
 		src/map.c \
@@ -161,6 +162,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
 		src/vim9.h \
+		src/vim9class.c \
 		src/vim9cmds.c \
 		src/vim9compile.c \
 		src/vim9execute.c \
@@ -177,6 +179,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/Make_all.mak \
 		src/testdir/*.in \
 		src/testdir/*.py \
+		src/testdir/keycode_check.vim \
+		src/testdir/keycode_check.json \
 		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/testluaplugin/lua/testluaplugin/*.lua \
@@ -271,6 +275,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/json.pro \
 		src/proto/list.pro \
 		src/proto/locale.pro \
+		src/proto/logfile.pro \
 		src/proto/main.pro \
 		src/proto/map.pro \
 		src/proto/mark.pro \
@@ -322,6 +327,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
 		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/vim9class.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9cmds.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9compile.pro \
 		src/proto/vim9execute.pro \
@@ -394,6 +400,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/t/66screen_extent.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/67screen_dbl_wh.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/68screen_termprops.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/69screen_reflow.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-1.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-2.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-3.test \
@@ -590,30 +597,9 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		nsis/README.txt \
 		nsis/lang/*.nsi \
 		uninstall.txt \
-		src/VisVim/Commands.cpp \
-		src/VisVim/Commands.h \
-		src/VisVim/DSAddIn.cpp \
-		src/VisVim/DSAddIn.h \
-		src/VisVim/OleAut.cpp \
-		src/VisVim/OleAut.h \
-		src/VisVim/README_VisVim.txt \
-		src/VisVim/Reg.cpp \
-		src/VisVim/Register.bat \
-		src/VisVim/Resource.h \
-		src/VisVim/StdAfx.cpp \
-		src/VisVim/StdAfx.h \
-		src/VisVim/UnRegist.bat \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.cpp \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.def \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.mak \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.h \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.odl \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.rc \
-		src/VisVim/VsReadMe.txt \
 
 # source files for DOS without CR/LF translation (also in the extra archive)
 SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
-		src/VisVim/Res/*.bmp \
 		src/tearoff.bmp \
 		src/tools.bmp \
 		src/vim*.ico \
@@ -662,6 +648,7 @@ SRC_MAC =	\
 		src/os_mac_conv.c \
 		src/os_macosx.m \
 		src/proto/os_mac_conv.pro \
+		src/proto/os_macosx.pro \
 
 # source files for VMS (in the extra archive)
 SRC_VMS =	\
@@ -796,6 +783,7 @@ RT_SCRIPTS =	\
 		runtime/autoload/README.txt \
 		runtime/autoload/dist/*.vim \
 		runtime/autoload/xml/*.vim \
+		runtime/autoload/zig/*.vim \
 		runtime/colors/*.vim \
 		runtime/colors/README.txt \
 		runtime/colors/lists/*.vim \
@@ -945,7 +933,6 @@ EXTRA =		\
 		$(RT_EXTRA) \
 		$(SRC_EXTRA) \
 		README_extra.txt \
-		src/VisVim/VisVim.dll \
 		runtime/vimlogo.xpm \
 
 # files in READMEdir that are included from the top dir

Makefile

@@ -198,8 +198,6 @@ MINOR = 0
 # - copy these files (get them from a binary archive or build them):
 #	gvimext.dll in src/GvimExt
 #	gvimext64.dll in src/GvimExt
-#	VisVim.dll in src/VisVim
-#   Note: VisVim needs to be build with MSVC 5, newer versions don't work.
 #   gvimext64.dll can be obtained from:
 #   https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases
 #	It is part of gvim_9.0.*_x64.zip as vim/vim90/GvimExt/gvimext64.dll.
@@ -554,8 +552,6 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvimext.dll
 	cp README_ole.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	cp src/VisVim/VisVim.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/VisVim.dll
-	cp src/VisVim/README_VisVim.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION)ole.zip vim <$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	cp gvim_ole.pdb dist/gvim$(VERSION)ole.pdb
 

READMEdir/README_extra.txt

@@ -29,9 +29,6 @@ src/Make_mvc.mak	MS Visual C++ makefile for the Win32 GUI.
 
 src/if_ole.*		OLE automation interface, for MS Windows 95 and NT.
 
-src/VisVim/*		Integration of Win32 GUI with MS Visual Developer
-			Studio.
-
 src/GvimExt/*		DLL for the "Edit with Vim" context menu entry
 
 nsis/*			NSIS script to build the self-installing MS-Windows exe

READMEdir/README_ole.txt

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 README_ole.txt for version 9.0 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
-This archive contains gvim.exe with OLE interface and VisVim.
+This archive contains gvim.exe with OLE interface.
 This version of gvim.exe can also load a number of interface dynamically (you
 can optionally install the .dll files for each interface).
 It is only for MS-Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP.
@@ -15,6 +15,3 @@ Win32 with OLE - "MS-Windows 32 bit GUI version with OLE support"
 
 For further information, type this inside Vim:
 	:help if_ole
-
-Furthermore, this archive contains VISVIM.DLL.  It can be used to integrate
-the OLE gvim with Microsoft Visual Developer Studio.  See VisVim/README.txt.

READMEdir/README_srcdos.txt

@@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ These files are in the runtime archive (vim90rt.zip).
 
 
 The DOS source archive contains the files needed to compile Vim on MS-Windows.
-It is packed for MS-Windows systems, with CR-LF.  It also includes the VisVim
-sources.
+It is packed for MS-Windows systems, with CR-LF.
 
 See "src/INSTALLpc.txt" for instructions on how to compile Vim on the PC.

nsis/README.txt

@@ -27,23 +27,20 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 	64-bit: src/GvimExt/gvimext64.dll
 	32-bit: src/GvimExt/gvimext.dll
 
-4.  Go to the VisVim directory and build VisVim.dll (or get it from a binary
-    archive).
-
-5.  Get a "diff.exe" program.  If you skip this the built-in diff will always
+4.  Get a "diff.exe" program.  If you skip this the built-in diff will always
     be used (which is fine for most users).  If you do have your own
     "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim82" directory,
     it's the same for all Vim versions).
     You can find one in previous Vim versions or in this archive:
 		http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/diffutils.tar.gz
 
-6   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim82"
+5   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim82"
     directory).  This is required for the terminal window.
 
-7.  Do "make uganda.nsis.txt" in runtime/doc.  This requires sed, you may have
+6.  Do "make uganda.nsis.txt" in runtime/doc.  This requires sed, you may have
     to do this on Unix.  Make sure the file is in DOS file format!
 
-8.  Get gettext and iconv DLLs from the following site:
+7.  Get gettext and iconv DLLs from the following site:
 	https://github.com/mlocati/gettext-iconv-windows/releases
     Both 64- and 32-bit versions are needed.
     Download the files gettextX.X.X.X-iconvX.XX-shared-{32,64}.zip, extract

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -36,9 +36,6 @@ Unicode true
 # Comment the next line if you do not want to add Native Language Support
 !define HAVE_NLS
 
-# Uncomment the next line if you want to include VisVim extension:
-#!define HAVE_VIS_VIM
-
 # Comment the following line to create an English-only installer:
 !define HAVE_MULTI_LANG
 
@@ -55,9 +52,6 @@ Unicode true
 # ----------- No configurable settings below this line -----------
 
 !include "Library.nsh"		# For DLL install
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-  !include "UpgradeDLL.nsh"	# for VisVim.dll
-!endif
 !include "LogicLib.nsh"
 !include "MUI2.nsh"
 !include "nsDialogs.nsh"
@@ -536,17 +530,6 @@ SectionGroup $(str_group_plugin) id_group_plugin
 	SectionEnd
 SectionGroupEnd
 
-##########################################################
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-Section "$(str_section_vis_vim)" id_section_visvim
-	SectionIn 3
-
-	SetOutPath $0
-	!insertmacro UpgradeDLL "${VIMSRC}\VisVim\VisVim.dll" "$0\VisVim.dll" "$0"
-	File ${VIMSRC}\VisVim\README_VisVim.txt
-SectionEnd
-!endif
-
 ##########################################################
 !ifdef HAVE_NLS
 Section "$(str_section_nls)" id_section_nls
@@ -634,12 +617,6 @@ Section -post
 	  SectionGetSize ${id_section_editwith} $4
 	  IntOp $3 $3 + $4
 	${EndIf}
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-	${If} ${SectionIsSelected} ${id_section_visvim}
-	  SectionGetSize ${id_section_visvim} $4
-	  IntOp $3 $3 + $4
-	${EndIf}
-!endif
 !ifdef HAVE_NLS
 	${If} ${SectionIsSelected} ${id_section_nls}
 	  SectionGetSize ${id_section_nls} $4
@@ -670,9 +647,6 @@ Section -post
 	!insertmacro SaveSectionSelection ${id_section_vimrc}      "select_vimrc"
 	!insertmacro SaveSectionSelection ${id_section_pluginhome} "select_pluginhome"
 	!insertmacro SaveSectionSelection ${id_section_pluginvim}  "select_pluginvim"
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-	!insertmacro SaveSectionSelection ${id_section_visvim}     "select_visvim"
-!endif
 !ifdef HAVE_NLS
 	!insertmacro SaveSectionSelection ${id_section_nls}        "select_nls"
 !endif
@@ -744,9 +718,6 @@ Function .onInit
   !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_vimrc}      "select_vimrc"
   !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_pluginhome} "select_pluginhome"
   !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_pluginvim}  "select_pluginvim"
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-  !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_visvim}     "select_visvim"
-!endif
 !ifdef HAVE_NLS
   !insertmacro LoadSectionSelection ${id_section_nls}        "select_nls"
 !endif
@@ -921,9 +892,6 @@ FunctionEnd
     !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${id_group_plugin}        $(str_desc_plugin)
     !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${id_section_pluginhome}  $(str_desc_plugin_home)
     !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${id_section_pluginvim}   $(str_desc_plugin_vim)
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-    !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${id_section_visvim}      $(str_desc_vis_vim)
-!endif
 !ifdef HAVE_NLS
     !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${id_section_nls}         $(str_desc_nls)
 !endif
@@ -947,13 +915,6 @@ Section "un.$(str_unsection_register)" id_unsection_register
 	# created.  Thus the "vim61" directory is included in it.
 	StrCpy $0 "$INSTDIR"
 
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-	# If VisVim was installed, unregister the DLL.
-	${If} ${FileExists} "$0\VisVim.dll"
-	  ExecWait "regsvr32.exe /u /s $0\VisVim.dll"
-	${EndIf}
-!endif
-
 	# delete the context menu entry and batch files
 	DetailPrint "$(str_msg_unregistering)"
 	nsExec::Exec "$0\uninstall.exe -nsis"
@@ -1046,9 +1007,6 @@ Section "un.$(str_unsection_exe)" id_unsection_exe
 	RMDir /r $0\syntax
 	RMDir /r $0\tools
 	RMDir /r $0\tutor
-!ifdef HAVE_VIS_VIM
-	RMDir /r $0\VisVim
-!endif
 	RMDir /r $0\lang
 	RMDir /r $0\keymap
 	Delete $0\*.exe

nsis/lang/danish.nsi

@@ -79,9 +79,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper i HO
 LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_DANISH}     "Delte"
 LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper i Vim-installationsmappe, det bruges af alle på systemet."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_DANISH}     "VisVim-udvidelser"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_DANISH}     "VisVim-udvidelser til integrering i Microsoft Visual Studio."
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_DANISH}     "Understøttelse af modersmål"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_DANISH}     "Installer filer til understøttelse af modersmål."
 

nsis/lang/dutch.nsi

@@ -123,11 +123,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
     "Creëer plugin mappen in Vim installatie map, deze worden gebruikt \
      voor iedereen op het systeem."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
-    "VisVim extensie"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_DUTCH} \
-    "VisVim extensie voor Microsoft Visual Studio integratie."
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_DUTCH} \
     "Ondersteuning voor andere talen"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_DUTCH} \

nsis/lang/english.nsi

@@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
     "Create plugin directories in Vim install directory, it is used for \
      everybody on the system."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
-    "VisVim Extension"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
-    "VisVim Extension for Microsoft Visual Studio integration."
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
     "Native Language Support"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_ENGLISH} \

nsis/lang/german.nsi

@@ -122,11 +122,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
     "Plugin-Verzeichnisse im Vim-Installationsverzeichnis erstellen. Diese werden \
      für alle Benutzer dieses Systems genutzt."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
-    "VisVim-Erweiterung"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_GERMAN} \
-    "VisVim-Erweiterung zur Integration in Microsoft Visual Studio."
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_GERMAN} \
     "Unterstützung für andere Sprachen"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_GERMAN} \

nsis/lang/italian.nsi

@@ -123,11 +123,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Crea directory per plugin nella directory di installazione di Vim \
      per uso da parte di tutti gli utenti di questo sistema."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Estensione VisVim"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
-    "Estensione VisVim per integrazione con Microsoft Visual Studio."
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
     "Supporto Multilingue (NLS)"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_ITALIAN} \

nsis/lang/japanese.nsi

@@ -128,11 +128,6 @@ LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
 LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
     "プラグインディレクトリを Vim のインストールディレクトリに作成します。システムの全員で共有されます。"
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
-    "VisVim 拡張"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
-    "Microsoft Visual Studio 統合用の VisVim 拡張。"
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
     "多言語サポート"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_JAPANESE} \

nsis/lang/russian.nsi

@@ -125,11 +125,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
      Модули в этом каталоге будут доступны для любого пользователя \
      зарегистрировавшегося в системе"
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
-    "Подключаемый модуль VisVim"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
-    "Подключаемый модуль VisVim используется для интеграции с Microsoft Visual Studio"
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \
     "Поддержка региональных языков"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_RUSSIAN} \

nsis/lang/serbian.nsi

@@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
     "Креира директоријуме додатака у Vim инсталационом директоријуму, користе их сви \
      на систему."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
-    "VisVim проширење"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
-    "VisVim проширење за Microsoft Visual Studio интеграцију."
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
     "Подршка за домаћи језик"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_SERBIAN} \

nsis/lang/simpchinese.nsi

@@ -120,11 +120,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "在 Vim 安装目录下创建(空的)插件目录结构，系统上所有用户都能使用安装在\
      该目录下的扩展插件。"
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "VisVim 插件"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "安装与 Visual Studio 集成的 VisVim 插件。"
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "安装多语言支持"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \

nsis/lang/tradchinese.nsi

@@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
     "在 Vim 安裝資料夾下建立(空的)插件資料夾結構，電腦上所有用戶都能使用安裝\
      在該資料夾里的擴展插件。"
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
-    "安裝 VisVim 插件"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
-    "VisVim 是用于與微軟 Microsoft Visual Studio 軟體進行整合的插件。"
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
     "安裝本地語言支持"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \

nsis/lang/turkish.nsi

@@ -90,11 +90,6 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Eklenti dizinlerini Vim yükleme dizininde oluşturur. Bu eklentilerden \
      bilgisayarın tüm kullanıcıları yararlanabilir."
 
-LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "VisVim eklentisi"
-LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_TURKISH} \
-    "Microsoft Visual Studio entegrasyonu için VisVim eklentisi"
-
 LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_TURKISH} \
     "Ek dil desteği"
 LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_TURKISH} \

runtime/autoload/context.vim

@@ -3,13 +3,18 @@ vim9script
 # Language:           ConTeXt typesetting engine
 # Maintainer:         Nicola Vitacolonna <nvitacolonna@gmail.com>
 # Former Maintainers: Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-# Latest Revision:    2022 Aug 12
+# Latest Revision:    2022 Sep 19
 
 # Typesetting {{{
 import autoload './typeset.vim'
 
 export def ConTeXtCmd(path: string): list<string>
-  return ['mtxrun', '--script', 'context', '--nonstopmode', '--autogenerate', path]
+  var cmd = ['mtxrun', '--script', 'context', '--nonstopmode', '--autogenerate']
+  if !empty(get(g:, 'context_extra_options', ''))
+    cmd += g:context_extra_options
+  endif
+  cmd->add(path)
+  return cmd
 enddef
 
 export def Typeset(bufname: string, env = {}, Cmd = ConTeXtCmd): bool

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script
 # Vim functions for file type detection
 #
 # Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-# Last Change:	2022 Apr 13
+# Last Change:	2022 Nov 24
 
 # These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 # faster.
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ export def FTcls()
     return
   endif
 
-  if getline(1) =~ '^%'
+  if getline(1) =~ '^\v%(\%|\\)'
     setf tex
   elseif getline(1)[0] == '#' && getline(1) =~ 'rexx'
     setf rexx
@@ -712,7 +712,8 @@ export def SetFileTypeSH(name: string)
     if exists("b:is_sh")
       unlet b:is_sh
     endif
-  elseif name =~ '\<sh\>'
+  elseif name =~ '\<sh\>' || name =~ '\<dash\>'
+    # Ubuntu links "sh" to "dash", thus it is expected to work the same way
     b:is_sh = 1
     if exists("b:is_kornshell")
       unlet b:is_kornshell
@@ -1087,5 +1088,18 @@ export def FTdat()
   endif
 enddef
 
+export def FTlsl()
+  if exists("g:filetype_lsl")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_lsl
+  endif
+
+  var line = getline(nextnonblank(1))
+  if line =~ '^\s*%' || line =~# ':\s*trait\s*$'
+    setf larch
+  else
+    setf lsl
+  endif
+enddef
+
 # Uncomment this line to check for compilation errors early
 # defcompile

runtime/autoload/dist/script.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ vim9script
 # Invoked from "scripts.vim" in 'runtimepath'
 #
 # Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-# Last Change:	2022 Feb 13
+# Last Change:	2022 Nov 24
 
 export def DetectFiletype()
   var line1 = getline(1)
@@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ def DetectFromHashBang(firstline: string)
     name = 'wish'
   endif
 
-  # Bourne-like shell scripts: bash bash2 ksh ksh93 sh
-  if name =~ '^\(bash\d*\|\|ksh\d*\|sh\)\>'
+    # Bourne-like shell scripts: bash bash2 dash ksh ksh93 sh
+  if name =~ '^\(bash\d*\|dash\|ksh\d*\|sh\)\>'
     call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(line1)
 
     # csh scripts

runtime/autoload/netrw.vim

@@ -1791,8 +1791,10 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt)
 "  call Decho("settings buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">: ".((&l:ma == 0)? "no" : "")."ma ".((&l:mod == 0)? "no" : "")."mod ".((&l:bl == 0)? "no" : "")."bl ".((&l:ro == 0)? "no" : "")."ro fo=".&l:fo." a:vt=".a:vt,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
   if !exists("{a:vt}netrw_optionsave")
 "   call Decho("case ".a:vt."netrw_optionsave : doesn't exist",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-"   call Decho("..doing filetype detect anyway")
-   filetype detect
+   if !isdirectory(expand('%'))
+"    call Decho("..doing filetype detect anyway")
+     filetype detect
+   endif
 "   call Decho("..settings buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">: ".((&l:ma == 0)? "no" : "")."ma ".((&l:mod == 0)? "no" : "")."mod ".((&l:bl == 0)? "no" : "")."bl ".((&l:ro == 0)? "no" : "")."ro fo=".&l:fo." a:vt=".a:vt,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Decho("..ro=".&l:ro." ma=".&l:ma." mod=".&l:mod." wrap=".&l:wrap." (filename<".expand("%")."> win#".winnr()." ft<".&ft.">)",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
 "   call Dret("s:NetrwOptionsRestore : ".a:vt."netrw_optionsave doesn't exist")
@@ -1904,9 +1906,11 @@ fun! s:NetrwOptionsRestore(vt)
   " were having their filetype detect-generated settings overwritten by
   " NetrwOptionRestore.
   if &ft != "netrw"
-"   call Decho("before: filetype detect  (ft=".&ft.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
-   filetype detect
-"   call Decho("after : filetype detect  (ft=".&ft.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+    if !isdirectory(expand('%'))
+"     call Decho("before: filetype detect  (ft=".&ft.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+      filetype detect
+"     call Decho("after : filetype detect  (ft=".&ft.")",'~'.expand("<slnum>"))
+    endif
   endif
 "  call Decho("(s:NetrwOptionsRestore) lines=".&lines)
 "  call Decho("settings buf#".bufnr("%")."<".bufname("%").">: ".((&l:ma == 0)? "no" : "")."ma ".((&l:mod == 0)? "no" : "")."mod ".((&l:bl == 0)? "no" : "")."bl ".((&l:ro == 0)? "no" : "")."ro fo=".&l:fo." a:vt=".a:vt,'~'.expand("<slnum>"))

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -712,6 +712,9 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'hover_unfold', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,            'no_pre', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,            'no_doc', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,          'no_links', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'no_modeline', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'no_invalid', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'whole_filler', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'use_xhtml', 0 )
@@ -752,7 +755,7 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
 
     " pre_wrap doesn't do anything if not using pre or not using CSS
     if user_settings.no_pre || !user_settings.use_css
-      let user_settings.pre_wrap=0
+      let user_settings.pre_wrap = 0
     endif
     "}}}
 

runtime/compiler/dotnet.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:            dotnet build (.NET CLI)
+" Maintainer:          Nick Jensen <nickspoon@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:         2022-12-06
+" License:             Vim (see :h license)
+" Repository:          https://github.com/nickspoons/vim-cs
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "dotnet"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if get(g:, "dotnet_errors_only", v:false)
+  CompilerSet makeprg=dotnet\ build\ -nologo
+		     \\ -consoleloggerparameters:NoSummary
+		     \\ -consoleloggerparameters:ErrorsOnly
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=dotnet\ build\ -nologo\ -consoleloggerparameters:NoSummary
+endif
+
+if get(g:, "dotnet_show_project_file", v:true)
+  CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f(%l\\,%c):\ %trror\ %m,
+			 \%W%f(%l\\,%c):\ %tarning\ %m,
+			 \%-G%.%#
+else
+  CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f(%l\\,%c):\ %trror\ %m\ [%.%#],
+			 \%W%f(%l\\,%c):\ %tarning\ %m\ [%.%#],
+			 \%-G%.%#
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/hare.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Hare Compiler
+" Maintainer: Amelia Clarke <me@rsaihe.dev>
+" Last Change: 2022-09-21
+
+if exists("g:current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let g:current_compiler = "hare"
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if filereadable("Makefile") || filereadable("makefile")
+  CompilerSet makeprg=make
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=hare\ build
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+  \Error\ %f:%l:%c:\ %m,
+  \Syntax\ error:\ %.%#\ at\ %f:%l:%c\\,\ %m,
+  \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+" vim: tabstop=2 shiftwidth=2 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "zig"
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2
+    command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+" a subcommand must be provided for the this compiler (test, build-exe, etc)
+if has('patch-7.4.191')
+    CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ \$*\ \%:S
+else
+    CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ \$*\ \"%\"
+endif
+
+" TODO: improve errorformat as needed.
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig_build.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig build)
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+runtime compiler/zig.vim
+let current_compiler = 'zig_build'
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if exists('g:zig_build_makeprg_params')
+	execute 'CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build\ '.escape(g:zig_build_makeprg_params, ' \|"').'\ $*'
+else
+	CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build\ $*
+endif
+
+" TODO: anything to add to errorformat for zig build specifically?
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig_build_exe.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig build-exe)
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+runtime compiler/zig.vim
+let current_compiler = 'zig_build_exe'
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if has('patch-7.4.191')
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build-exe\ \%:S\ \$* 
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build-exe\ \"%\"\ \$* 
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig_test.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig test)
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+runtime compiler/zig.vim
+let current_compiler = 'zig_test'
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+if has('patch-7.4.191')
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ test\ \%:S\ \$* 
+else
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ test\ \"%\"\ \$* 
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	version9.txt \
 	vi_diff.txt \
 	vim9.txt \
+	vim9class.txt \
 	visual.txt \
 	windows.txt \
 	workshop.txt
@@ -313,6 +314,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	vi_diff.html \
 	vimindex.html \
 	vim9.html \
+	vim9class.html \
 	visual.html \
 	windows.html \
 	workshop.html

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 24
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -409,6 +409,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 			when popup menu is not visible
 |TextChangedP|		after a change was made to the text in Insert mode
 			when popup menu visible
+|TextChangedT|		after a change was made to the text in Terminal mode
 |TextYankPost|		after text has been yanked or deleted
 
 |SafeState|		nothing pending, going to wait for the user to type a
@@ -1057,8 +1058,8 @@ QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 QuickFixCmdPost			Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
 				command is run, before jumping to the first
 				location. For |:cfile| and |:lfile| commands
-				it is run after error file is read and before
-				moving to the first error.
+				it is run after the error file is read and
+				before moving to the first error.
 				See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
 							*QuitPre*
 QuitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` or `:qall`, before
@@ -1237,6 +1238,10 @@ TextChangedP			After a change was made to the text in the
 				current buffer in Insert mode, only when the
 				popup menu is visible.  Otherwise the same as
 				TextChanged.
+							*TextChangedT*
+TextChangedT			After a change was made to the text in the
+				current buffer in Terminal mode.
+				Otherwise the same as TextChanged.
 							*TextYankPost*
 TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 				current buffer.  The following values of
@@ -1337,8 +1342,9 @@ VimSuspend			When the Vim instance is suspended.  Only when
 				CTRL-Z was typed inside Vim, or when the SIGTSTP
 				signal was sent to Vim, but not for SIGSTOP.
 							*WinClosed*
-WinClosed			After closing a window.  The pattern is
-				matched against the |window-ID|.  Both
+WinClosed			When closing a window, just before it is
+				removed from the window layout.  The pattern
+				is matched against the |window-ID|.  Both
 				<amatch> and <afile> are set to the
 				|window-ID|.  Non-recursive (event cannot
 				trigger itself).
@@ -1366,17 +1372,42 @@ WinNew				When a new window was created.  Not done for
 				Before a WinEnter event.
 
 							*WinScrolled*
-WinScrolled			After scrolling the content of a window or
-				resizing a window.
-				The pattern is matched against the
-				|window-ID|.  Both <amatch> and <afile> are
-				set to the |window-ID|.
-				Non-recursive (the event cannot trigger
-				itself).  However, if the command causes the
-				window to scroll or change size another
+WinScrolled			After any window in the current tab page
+				scrolled the text (horizontally or vertically)
+				or changed width or height.  See
+				|win-scrolled-resized|.
+
+				The pattern is matched against the |window-ID|
+				of the first window that scrolled or resized.
+				Both <amatch> and <afile> are set to the
+				|window-ID|.
+
+				|v:event| is set with information about size
+				and scroll changes. |WinScrolled-event|
+
+				Only starts triggering after startup finished
+				and the first screen redraw was done.
+				Does not trigger when defining the first
+				WinScrolled or WinResized event, but may
+				trigger when adding more.
+
+				Non-recursive: the event will not trigger
+				while executing commands for the WinScrolled
+				event.  However, if the command causes a
+				window to scroll or change size, then another
 				WinScrolled event will be triggered later.
-				Does not trigger when the command is added,
-				only after the first scroll or resize.
+
+
+							*WinResized*
+WinResized			After a window in the current tab page changed
+				width or height.
+				See |win-scrolled-resized|.
+
+				|v:event| is set with information about size
+				changes. |WinResized-event|
+
+				Same behavior as |WinScrolled| for the
+				pattern, triggering and recursiveness.
 
 ==============================================================================
 6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{aupat}*

runtime/doc/builtin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 17
+*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,9 +6,10 @@
 
 Builtin functions				*builtin-functions*
 
-Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time.  If this has been
-done, the builtin functions are not available.  See |+eval| and
-|no-eval-feature|.
+Note: Expression evaluation can be disabled at compile time, the builtin
+functions are not available then.  See |+eval| and |no-eval-feature|.
+
+For functions grouped by what they are used for see |function-list|.
 
 1. Overview				|builtin-function-list|
 2. Details				|builtin-function-details|
@@ -115,13 +116,13 @@ ch_status({handle} [, {options}])
 changenr()			Number	current change number
 char2nr({expr} [, {utf8}])	Number	ASCII/UTF-8 value of first char in {expr}
 charclass({string})		Number	character class of {string}
-charcol({expr})			Number	column number of cursor or mark
+charcol({expr} [, {winid}])	Number	column number of cursor or mark
 charidx({string}, {idx} [, {countcc}])
 				Number	char index of byte {idx} in {string}
 chdir({dir})			String	change current working directory
 cindent({lnum})			Number	C indent for line {lnum}
 clearmatches([{win}])		none	clear all matches
-col({expr})			Number	column byte index of cursor or mark
+col({expr} [, {winid}])		Number	column byte index of cursor or mark
 complete({startcol}, {matches}) none	set Insert mode completion
 complete_add({expr})		Number	add completion match
 complete_check()		Number	check for key typed during completion
@@ -207,6 +208,7 @@ get({func}, {what})		any	get property of funcref/partial {func}
 getbufinfo([{buf}])		List	information about buffers
 getbufline({buf}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 				List	lines {lnum} to {end} of buffer {buf}
+getbufoneline({buf}, {lnum})	String	line {lnum} of buffer {buf}
 getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in buffer {buf}
 getchangelist([{buf}])		List	list of change list items
@@ -245,6 +247,7 @@ getloclist({nr}, {what})	Dict	get specific location list properties
 getmarklist([{buf}])		List	list of global/local marks
 getmatches([{win}])		List	list of current matches
 getmousepos()			Dict	last known mouse position
+getmouseshape()			String	current mouse shape name
 getpid()			Number	process ID of Vim
 getpos({expr})			List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
 getqflist()			List	list of quickfix items
@@ -395,6 +398,7 @@ popup_create({what}, {options}) Number	create a popup window
 popup_dialog({what}, {options}) Number	create a popup window used as a dialog
 popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})  Number	filter for a menu popup window
 popup_filter_yesno({id}, {key}) Number	filter for a dialog popup window
+popup_findecho()		Number	get window ID of popup for `:echowin`
 popup_findinfo()		Number	get window ID of info popup window
 popup_findpreview()		Number	get window ID of preview popup window
 popup_getoptions({id})		Dict	get options of popup window {id}
@@ -443,7 +447,8 @@ pyxeval({expr})			any	evaluate |python_x| expression
 rand([{expr}])			Number	get pseudo-random number
 range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
 				List	items from {expr} to {max}
-readblob({fname})		Blob	read a |Blob| from {fname}
+readblob({fname} [, {offset} [, {size}]])
+				Blob	read a |Blob| from {fname}
 readdir({dir} [, {expr} [, {dict}]])
 				List	file names in {dir} selected by {expr}
 readdirex({dir} [, {expr} [, {dict}]])
@@ -603,6 +608,7 @@ submatch({nr} [, {list}])	String or List
 					specific match in ":s" or substitute()
 substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})
 				String	all {pat} in {expr} replaced with {sub}
+swapfilelist()			List	swap files found in 'directory'
 swapinfo({fname})		Dict	information about swap file {fname}
 swapname({buf})			String	swap file of buffer {buf}
 synID({lnum}, {col}, {trans})	Number	syntax ID at {lnum} and {col}
@@ -803,8 +809,10 @@ append({lnum}, {text})					*append()*
 		{lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one.
 		{lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
 		Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory),
-		0 for success.  In |Vim9| script an invalid argument or
-		negative number results in an error.  Example: >
+		0 for success.  When {text} is an empty list zero is returned,
+		no matter the value of {lnum}.
+		In |Vim9| script an invalid argument or negative number
+		results in an error.  Example: >
 			:let failed = append(line('$'), "# THE END")
 			:let failed = append(0, ["Chapter 1", "the beginning"])
 
@@ -832,7 +840,9 @@ appendbufline({buf}, {lnum}, {text})			*appendbufline()*
 		If {buf} is not a valid buffer or {lnum} is not valid, an
 		error message is given. Example: >
 			:let failed = appendbufline(13, 0, "# THE START")
-<
+<		However, when {text} is an empty list then no error is given
+		for an invalid {lnum}, since {lnum} isn't actually used.
+
 		Can also be used as a |method| after a List, the base is
 		passed as the second argument: >
 			mylist->appendbufline(buf, lnum)
@@ -978,7 +988,7 @@ autocmd_add({acmds})					*autocmd_add()*
 			let acmd.bufnr = 5
 			let acmd.cmd = 'call BufEnterFunc()'
 			call autocmd_add([acmd])
-
+<
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetAutocmdList()->autocmd_add()
 <
@@ -1314,7 +1324,8 @@ bufwinid({buf})						*bufwinid()*
 
 	echo "A window containing buffer 1 is " .. (bufwinid(1))
 <
-		Only deals with the current tab page.
+		Only deals with the current tab page.  See |win_findbuf()| for
+		finding more.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			FindBuffer()->bufwinid()
@@ -1466,7 +1477,7 @@ charclass({string})					*charclass()*
 		Returns 0 if {string} is not a |String|.
 
 
-charcol({expr})						*charcol()*
+charcol({expr} [, {winid}])				*charcol()*
 		Same as |col()| but returns the character index of the column
 		position given with {expr} instead of the byte position.
 
@@ -1549,8 +1560,8 @@ clearmatches([{win}])					*clearmatches()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWin()->clearmatches()
 <
-							*col()*
-col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
+col({expr} [, {winid})					*col()*
+		The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 		position given with {expr}.  The accepted positions are:
 		    .	    the cursor position
 		    $	    the end of the cursor line (the result is the
@@ -1565,6 +1576,8 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 		and column number. Most useful when the column is "$", to get
 		the last column of a specific line.  When "lnum" or "col" is
 		out of range then col() returns zero.
+		With the optional {winid} argument the values are obtained for
+		that window instead of the current window.
 		To get the line number use |line()|.  To get both use
 		|getpos()|.
 		For the screen column position use |virtcol()|.  For the
@@ -1575,16 +1588,15 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 			col("$")		length of cursor line plus one
 			col("'t")		column of mark t
 			col("'" .. markname)	column of mark markname
-<		The first column is 1.  Returns 0 if {expr} is invalid.
+<		The first column is 1.  Returns 0 if {expr} is invalid or when
+		the window with ID {winid} is not found.
 		For an uppercase mark the column may actually be in another
 		buffer.
 		For the cursor position, when 'virtualedit' is active, the
 		column is one higher if the cursor is after the end of the
-		line.  This can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
-			:imap <F2> <C-O>:let save_ve = &ve<CR>
-				\<C-O>:set ve=all<CR>
-				\<C-O>:echo col(".") .. "\n" <Bar>
-				\let &ve = save_ve<CR>
+		line.  Also, when using a <Cmd> mapping the cursor isn't
+		moved, this can be used to obtain the column in Insert mode: >
+			:imap <F2> <Cmd>echowin col(".")<CR>
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPos()->col()
@@ -1880,10 +1892,10 @@ cursor({list})
 		|setcursorcharpos()|.
 
 		Does not change the jumplist.
-		{lnum} is used like with |getline()|.
+		{lnum} is used like with |getline()|, except that if {lnum} is
+		zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
 		If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
 		the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
-		If {lnum} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current line.
 		If {col} is greater than the number of bytes in the line,
 		the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
 		line.
@@ -2768,7 +2780,7 @@ flattennew({list} [, {maxdepth}])			*flattennew()*
 float2nr({expr})					*float2nr()*
 		Convert {expr} to a Number by omitting the part after the
 		decimal point.
-		{expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a Number.
+		{expr} must evaluate to a |Float| or a |Number|.
 		Returns 0 if {expr} is not a |Float| or a |Number|.
 		When the value of {expr} is out of range for a |Number| the
 		result is truncated to 0x7fffffff or -0x7fffffff (or when
@@ -3194,7 +3206,8 @@ getbufinfo([{dict}])
 getbufline({buf}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 		Return a |List| with the lines starting from {lnum} to {end}
 		(inclusive) in the buffer {buf}.  If {end} is omitted, a
-		|List| with only the line {lnum} is returned.
+		|List| with only the line {lnum} is returned.  See
+		`getbufoneline()` for only getting the line.
 
 		For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
 
@@ -3217,6 +3230,11 @@ getbufline({buf}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->getbufline(lnum)
+<
+							*getbufoneline()*
+getbufoneline({buf}, {lnum})
+		Just like `getbufline()` but only get one line and return it
+		as a string.
 
 getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 		The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
@@ -3761,7 +3779,8 @@ getline({lnum} [, {end}])
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			ComputeLnum()->getline()
 
-<		To get lines from another buffer see |getbufline()|
+<		To get lines from another buffer see |getbufline()| and
+		|getbufoneline()|
 
 getloclist({nr} [, {what}])				*getloclist()*
 		Returns a |List| with all the entries in the location list for
@@ -3870,6 +3889,12 @@ getmousepos()						*getmousepos()*
 		When using |getchar()| the Vim variables |v:mouse_lnum|,
 		|v:mouse_col| and |v:mouse_winid| also provide these values.
 
+getmouseshape()						*getmouseshape()*
+		Returns the name of the currently showing mouse pointer.
+		When the |+mouseshape| feature is not supported or the shape
+		is unknown an empty string is returned.
+		This function is mainly intended for testing.
+
 							*getpid()*
 getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
 		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
@@ -5402,7 +5427,8 @@ listener_add({callback} [, {buf}])			*listener_add()*
 				the change; one if unknown or the whole line
 				was affected; this is a byte index, first
 				character has a value of one.
-		When lines are inserted the values are:
+		When lines are inserted (not when a line is split, e.g. by
+		typing CR in Insert mode) the values are:
 		    lnum	line above which the new line is added
 		    end		equal to "lnum"
 		    added	number of lines inserted
@@ -5547,6 +5573,10 @@ map({expr1}, {expr2})					*map()*
 		If {expr2} is a |Funcref| it is called with two arguments:
 			1. The key or the index of the current item.
 			2. the value of the current item.
+		With a legacy script lambda you don't get an error if it only
+		accepts one argument, but with a Vim9 lambda you get "E1106:
+		One argument too many", the number of arguments must match.
+
 		The function must return the new value of the item. Example
 		that changes each value by "key-value": >
 			func KeyValue(key, val)
@@ -5864,7 +5894,7 @@ matchadd({group}, {pattern} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])
 		respectively.  3 is reserved for use by the |matchparen|
 		plugin.
 		If the {id} argument is not specified or -1, |matchadd()|
-		automatically chooses a free ID.
+		automatically chooses a free ID, which is at least 1000.
 
 		The optional {dict} argument allows for further custom
 		values. Currently this is used to specify a match specific
@@ -5918,8 +5948,6 @@ matchaddpos({group}, {pos} [, {priority} [, {id} [, {dict}]]])
 		- A list with three numbers, e.g., [23, 11, 3]. As above, but
 		  the third number gives the length of the highlight in bytes.
 
-		The maximum number of positions in {pos} is 8.
-
 		Returns -1 on error.
 
 		Example: >
@@ -6846,10 +6874,28 @@ range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])				*range()*
 			GetExpr()->range()
 <
 
-readblob({fname})					*readblob()*
+readblob({fname} [, {offset} [, {size}]])			*readblob()*
 		Read file {fname} in binary mode and return a |Blob|.
-		When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
+		If {offset} is specified, read the file from the specified
+		offset.  If it is a negative value, it is used as an offset
+		from the end of the file.  E.g., to read the last 12 bytes: >
+			readblob('file.bin', -12)
+<		If {size} is specified, only the specified size will be read.
+		E.g. to read the first 100 bytes of a file: >
+			readblob('file.bin', 0, 100)
+<		If {size} is -1 or omitted, the whole data starting from
+		{offset} will be read.
+		This can be also used to read the data from a character device
+		on Unix when {size} is explicitly set.  Only if the device
+		supports seeking {offset} can be used.  Otherwise it should be
+		zero.  E.g. to read 10 bytes from a serial console: >
+			readblob('/dev/ttyS0', 0, 10)
+<		When the file can't be opened an error message is given and
 		the result is an empty |Blob|.
+		When the offset is beyond the end of the file the result is an
+		empty blob.
+		When trying to read more bytes than are available the result
+		is truncated.
 		Also see |readfile()| and |writefile()|.
 
 
@@ -7037,13 +7083,19 @@ reg_recording()						*reg_recording()*
 		Returns the single letter name of the register being recorded.
 		Returns an empty string when not recording.  See |q|.
 
-reltime([{start} [, {end}]])				*reltime()*
+reltime()
+reltime({start})
+reltime({start}, {end})					*reltime()*
 		Return an item that represents a time value.  The item is a
 		list with items that depend on the system.  In Vim 9 script
 		list<any> can be used.
 		The item can be passed to |reltimestr()| to convert it to a
-		string or |reltimefloat()| to convert to a Float.
-
+		string or |reltimefloat()| to convert to a Float.  For
+		example, to see the time spent in function Work(): >
+			var startTime = reltime()
+			Work()
+			echo startTime->reltime()->reltimestr()
+<
 		Without an argument reltime() returns the current time (the
 		representation is system-dependent, it can not be used as the
 		wall-clock time, see |localtime()| for that).
@@ -7164,8 +7216,8 @@ remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}])		*remote_peek()*
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
 		Examples: >
-			:let repl = ""
-			:echo "PEEK: " .. remote_peek(id, "repl") .. ": " .. repl
+		   :let repl = ""
+		   :echo "PEEK: " .. remote_peek(id, "repl") .. ": " .. repl
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			ServerId()->remote_peek()
@@ -7225,7 +7277,8 @@ remote_startserver({name})
 
 <		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
 
-remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])				*remove()*
+remove({list}, {idx})
+remove({list}, {idx}, {end})				*remove()*
 		Without {end}: Remove the item at {idx} from |List| {list} and
 		return the item.
 		With {end}: Remove items from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
@@ -7243,7 +7296,8 @@ remove({list}, {idx} [, {end}])				*remove()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			mylist->remove(idx)
 
-remove({blob}, {idx} [, {end}])
+remove({blob}, {idx})
+remove({blob}, {idx}, {end})
 		Without {end}: Remove the byte at {idx} from |Blob| {blob} and
 		return the byte.
 		With {end}: Remove bytes from {idx} to {end} (inclusive) and
@@ -7847,9 +7901,10 @@ setbufline({buf}, {lnum}, {text})			*setbufline()*
 		To insert lines use |appendbufline()|.
 		Any text properties in {lnum} are cleared.
 
-		{text} can be a string to set one line, or a list of strings
-		to set multiple lines.  If the list extends below the last
-		line then those lines are added.
+		{text} can be a string to set one line, or a List of strings
+		to set multiple lines.  If the List extends below the last
+		line then those lines are added.  If the List is empty then
+		nothing is changed and zero is returned.
 
 		For the use of {buf}, see |bufname()| above.
 
@@ -7888,29 +7943,38 @@ setbufvar({buf}, {varname}, {val})			*setbufvar()*
 
 setcellwidths({list})					*setcellwidths()*
 		Specify overrides for cell widths of character ranges.  This
-		tells Vim how wide characters are, counted in screen cells.
-		This overrides 'ambiwidth'.  Example: >
-		   setcellwidths([[0xad, 0xad, 1],
-				\ [0x2194, 0x2199, 2]])
+		tells Vim how wide characters are when displayed in the
+		terminal, counted in screen cells.  The values override
+		'ambiwidth'.  Example: >
+		   call setcellwidths([
+		   		\ [0x111, 0x111, 1],
+				\ [0x2194, 0x2199, 2],
+				\ ])
 
-<				*E1109* *E1110* *E1111* *E1112* *E1113* *E1114*
-		The {list} argument is a list of lists with each three
-		numbers. These three numbers are [low, high, width].  "low"
-		and "high" can be the same, in which case this refers to one
-		character. Otherwise it is the range of characters from "low"
-		to "high" (inclusive).  "width" is either 1 or 2, indicating
-		the character width in screen cells.
-		An error is given if the argument is invalid, also when a
-		range overlaps with another.
+<		The {list} argument is a List of Lists with each three
+		numbers: [{low}, {high}, {width}].	*E1109* *E1110*
+		{low} and {high} can be the same, in which case this refers to
+		one character.  Otherwise it is the range of characters from
+		{low} to {high} (inclusive).		*E1111* *E1114*
 		Only characters with value 0x100 and higher can be used.
 
+		{width} must be either 1 or 2, indicating the character width
+		in screen cells.			*E1112*
+		An error is given if the argument is invalid, also when a
+		range overlaps with another. 		*E1113*
+
 		If the new value causes 'fillchars' or 'listchars' to become
 		invalid it is rejected and an error is given.
 
-		To clear the overrides pass an empty list: >
+		To clear the overrides pass an empty {list}: >
 		   setcellwidths([]);
+
 <		You can use the script $VIMRUNTIME/tools/emoji_list.vim to see
-		the effect for known emoji characters.
+		the effect for known emoji characters.  Move the cursor
+		through the text to check if the cell widths of your terminal
+		match with what Vim knows about each emoji.  If it doesn't
+		look right you need to adjust the {list} argument.
+
 
 setcharpos({expr}, {list})				*setcharpos()*
 		Same as |setpos()| but uses the specified column number as the
@@ -8034,7 +8098,8 @@ setline({lnum}, {text})					*setline()*
 		When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be
 		added below the last line.
 		{text} can be any type or a List of any type, each item is
-		converted to a String.
+		converted to a String.  When {text} is an empty List then
+		nothing is changed and FALSE is returned.
 
 		If this succeeds, FALSE is returned.  If this fails (most likely
 		because {lnum} is invalid) TRUE is returned.
@@ -8623,6 +8688,9 @@ sound_playevent({name} [, {callback}])
 <		On MS-Windows, {name} can be SystemAsterisk, SystemDefault,
 		SystemExclamation, SystemExit, SystemHand, SystemQuestion,
 		SystemStart, SystemWelcome, etc.
+		On macOS, {name} refers to files located in
+		/System/Library/Sounds (e.g. "Tink").  It will also work for
+		custom installed sounds in folders like ~/Library/Sounds.
 
 		When {callback} is specified it is invoked when the sound is
 		finished.  The first argument is the sound ID, the second
@@ -9247,6 +9315,17 @@ substitute({string}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})		*substitute()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetString()->substitute(pat, sub, flags)
 
+swapfilelist()						*swapfilelist()*
+		Returns a list of swap file names, like what "vim -r" shows.
+		See the |-r| command argument.  The 'directory' option is used
+		for the directories to inspect.  If you only want to get a
+		list of swap files in the current directory then temporarily
+		set 'directory' to a dot: >
+			let save_dir = &directory
+			let &directory = '.'
+			let swapfiles = swapfilelist()
+			let &directory = save_dir
+
 swapinfo({fname})					*swapinfo()*
 		The result is a dictionary, which holds information about the
 		swapfile {fname}. The available fields are:
@@ -9639,6 +9718,7 @@ terminalprops()						*terminalprops()*
 		   cursor_blink_mode	whether sending |t_RC| works  **
 		   underline_rgb	whether |t_8u| works **
 		   mouse		mouse type supported
+		   kitty		whether Kitty terminal was detected
 
 		** value 'u' for unknown, 'y' for yes, 'n' for no
 
@@ -10168,6 +10248,7 @@ win_move_separator({nr}, {offset})			*win_move_separator()*
 		FALSE otherwise.
 		This will fail for the rightmost window and a full-width
 		window, since it has no separator on the right.
+		Only works for the current tab page. *E1308*
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinnr()->win_move_separator(offset)
@@ -10182,6 +10263,7 @@ win_move_statusline({nr}, {offset})			*win_move_statusline()*
 		movement may be smaller than specified (e.g., as a consequence
 		of maintaining 'winminheight'). Returns TRUE if the window can
 		be found and FALSE otherwise.
+		Only works for the current tab page.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWinnr()->win_move_statusline(offset)

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 13
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 23
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ a close callback to the channel.
 
 To read all normal output from a RAW channel that is available: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel)
-To read all error output from a RAW channel that is available:: >
+To read all error output from a RAW channel that is available: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel, {"part": "err"})
 Note that if the channel is in NL mode, ch_readraw() will only return one line
 for each call.
@@ -618,6 +618,9 @@ ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])					*ch_log()*
 		Write String {msg} in the channel log file, if it was opened
 		with |ch_logfile()|.
+		The text "ch_log():" is prepended to the message to make clear
+		it came from this function call and make it easier to find in
+		the log file.
 		When {handle} is passed the channel number is used for the
 		message.
 		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.  The

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 16
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -736,7 +736,9 @@ Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
 	'T		position of mark T (uppercase); when the mark is in
 			another file it cannot be used in a range
 	/{pattern}[/]	the next line where {pattern} matches	  *:/*
+				also see |:range-pattern| below
 	?{pattern}[?]	the previous line where {pattern} matches *:?*
+				also see |:range-pattern| below
 	\/		the next line where the previously used search
 			pattern matches
 	\?		the previous line where the previously used search
@@ -744,11 +746,49 @@ Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
 	\&		the next line where the previously used substitute
 			pattern matches
 
+						*:range-offset*
 Each may be followed (several times) by '+' or '-' and an optional number.
 This number is added or subtracted from the preceding line number.  If the
 number is omitted, 1 is used.  If there is nothing before the '+' or '-' then
 the current line is used.
+						*:range-closed-fold*
+When a line number after the comma is in a closed fold it is adjusted to the
+last line of the fold, thus the whole fold is included.
 
+When a number is added this is done after the adjustment to the last line of
+the fold.  This means these lines are additionally included in the range.  For
+example: >
+   :3,4+2print
+On this text:
+	1 one ~
+	2 two ~
+	3 three ~
+	4 four FOLDED ~
+	5 five FOLDED ~
+	6 six ~
+	7 seven ~
+	8 eight ~
+Where lines four and five are a closed fold, ends up printing lines 3 to 7.
+The 7 comes from the "4" in the range, which is adjusted to the end of the
+closed fold, which is 5, and then the offset 2 is added.
+
+An example for subtracting (which isn't very useful): >
+   :2,4-1print
+On this text:
+	1 one ~
+	2 two ~
+	3 three FOLDED~
+	4 four FOLDED ~
+	5 five FOLDED ~
+	6 six FOLDED ~
+	7 seven ~
+	8 eight ~
+Where lines three to six are a closed fold, ends up printing lines 2 to 6.
+The 6 comes from the "4" in the range, which is adjusted to the end of the
+closed fold, which is 6, and then 1 is subtracted, then this is still in the
+closed fold and the last line of that fold is used, which is 6.
+
+							*:range-pattern*
 The "/" and "?" after {pattern} are required to separate the pattern from
 anything that follows.
 
@@ -804,9 +844,9 @@ always be swapped then.
 
 Count and Range						*N:*
 
-When giving a count before entering ":", this is translated into:
+When giving a count before entering ":", this is translated into: >
 		:.,.+(count - 1)
-In words: The 'count' lines at and after the cursor.  Example: To delete
+In words: The "count" lines at and after the cursor.  Example: To delete
 three lines: >
 		3:d<CR>		is translated into: .,.+2d<CR>
 <
@@ -1124,7 +1164,6 @@ Also see |`=|.
 In the command-line window the command line can be edited just like editing
 text in any window.  It is a special kind of window, because you cannot leave
 it in a normal way.
-{not available when compiled without the |+cmdwin| feature}
 
 
 OPEN						*c_CTRL-F* *q:* *q/* *q?*

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2020 Aug 15
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jan 22
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -376,6 +376,9 @@ Additionally, 'diffexpr' should take care of "icase" and "iwhite" in the
 'diffopt' option.  'diffexpr' cannot change the value of 'lines' and
 'columns'.
 
+The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is faster,
+see |expr-option-function|.
+
 Example (this does almost the same as 'diffexpr' being empty): >
 
 	set diffexpr=MyDiff()
@@ -441,6 +444,9 @@ will have the same effect.  These variables are set to the file names used:
 	v:fname_diff		patch file
 	v:fname_out		resulting patched file
 
+The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is faster,
+see |expr-option-function|.
+
 Example (this does the same as 'patchexpr' being empty): >
 
 	set patchexpr=MyPatch()

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Jul 19
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ These are the RFC1345 digraphs for the one-byte characters.  See the output of
 ":digraphs" for the others.
 
 EURO
-
+							*euro* *euro-digraph*
 Exception: RFC1345 doesn't specify the euro sign.  In Vim the digraph =e was
 added for this.  Note the difference between latin1, where the digraph Cu is
 used for the currency sign, and latin9 (iso-8859-15), where the digraph =e is

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 16
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -578,6 +578,43 @@ single <NL> characters are unexpectedly replaced with <CR><NL>.
 You can encrypt files that are written by setting the 'key' option.  This
 provides some security against others reading your files. |encryption|
 
+END OF LINE AND END OF FILE				*eol-and-eof*
+
+Vim has several options to control the file format:
+	'fileformat'	the <EOL> style: Unix, DOS, Mac
+	'endofline'	whether the last line ends with a <EOL>
+	'endoffile'	whether the file ends with a CTRL-Z
+	'fixendofline'	whether to fix eol and eof
+
+The first three values are normally detected automatically when reading the
+file and are used when writing the text to a file.  While editing the buffer
+it looks like every line has a line ending and the CTRL-Z isn't there (an
+exception is when 'binary' is set, it works differently then).
+
+The 'fixendofline' option can be used to choose what to write.  You can also
+change the option values to write the file differently than how it was read.
+
+Here are some examples how to use them.
+
+If you want files in Unix format (every line NL terminated): >
+	setl ff=unix fixeol
+You should probably do this on any Unix-like system.  Also modern MS-Windows
+systems tend to work well with this.  It is recommended to always use this
+format for Vim scripts.
+
+If you want to use an old MS-DOS file in a modern environment, fixing line
+endings and dropping CTRL-Z, but keeping the <CR><NL> style <EOL>: >
+	setl ff=dos fixeol
+This is useful for many MS-Windows programs, they regularly expect the
+<CR><NL> line endings.
+
+If you want to drop the final <EOL> and add a final CTRL-Z (e.g. for an old
+system like CP/M): >
+	setl ff=dos nofixeol noeol eof
+
+If you want to preserve the fileformat exactly as-is, including any final
+<EOL> and final CTRL-Z: >
+	setl nofixeol
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. The argument list				*argument-list* *arglist*

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 17
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -633,6 +633,10 @@ This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
 This can also be used to remove all entries: >
 	call filter(dict, 0)
 
+In some situations it is not allowed to remove or add entries to a Dictionary.
+Especially when iterating over all the entries.  You will get *E1313* or
+another error in that case.
+
 
 Dictionary function ~
 				*Dictionary-function* *self* *E725* *E862*
@@ -646,7 +650,8 @@ special way with a dictionary.  Example: >
 
 This is like a method in object oriented programming.  The entry in the
 Dictionary is a |Funcref|.  The local variable "self" refers to the dictionary
-the function was invoked from.
+the function was invoked from.  When using |Vim9| script you can use classes
+and objects, see `:class`.
 
 It is also possible to add a function without the "dict" attribute as a
 Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
@@ -1548,7 +1553,7 @@ to be doubled.  These two commands are equivalent: >
 	if a =~ '\s*'
 
 
-interpolated-string				*$quote* *interp-string*
+interpolated-string				*$quote* *interpolated-string*
 --------------------
 $"string"		interpolated string constant		*expr-$quote*
 $'string'		interpolated literal string constant	*expr-$'*
@@ -1965,7 +1970,7 @@ v:collate	The current locale setting for collation order of the runtime
 		command.
 		See |multi-lang|.
 
-                                                                *v:colornames*
+								*v:colornames*
 v:colornames    A dictionary that maps color names to hex color strings. These
 		color names can be used with the |highlight-guifg|,
 		|highlight-guibg|, and |highlight-guisp| parameters. Updating
@@ -2859,7 +2864,7 @@ text...
 			does not need to be doubled.
 			If "eval" is specified, then any Vim expression in the
 			form {expr} is evaluated and the result replaces the
-			expression, like with |interp-string|.
+			expression, like with |interpolated-string|.
 			Example where $HOME is expanded: >
 				let lines =<< trim eval END
 				  some text
@@ -3073,6 +3078,10 @@ text...
 			Unlock the internal variable {name}.  Does the
 			opposite of |:lockvar|.
 
+			If {name} does not exist:
+			- In |Vim9| script an error is given.
+			- In legacy script this is silently ignored.
+
 :if {expr1}			*:if* *:end* *:endif* *:en* *E171* *E579* *E580*
 :en[dif]		Execute the commands until the next matching `:else`
 			or `:endif` if {expr1} evaluates to non-zero.
@@ -3392,7 +3401,7 @@ text...
 			when the screen is redrawn.
 
 					*:echow* *:echowin* *:echowindow*
-:echow[indow] {expr1} ..
+:[N]echow[indow] {expr1} ..
 			Like |:echomsg| but when the messages popup window is
 			available the message is displayed there.  This means
 			it will show for three seconds and avoid a
@@ -3400,6 +3409,9 @@ text...
 			that, press Esc in Normal mode (when it would
 			otherwise beep).  If it disappears too soon you can
 			use `:messages` to see the text.
+			When [N] is given then the window will show up for
+			this number of seconds.  The last `:echowindow` with a
+			count matters, it is used once only.
 			The message window is available when Vim was compiled
 			with the +timer and the +popupwin features.
 
@@ -3595,7 +3607,7 @@ this pending exception or command is discarded.
 For examples see |throw-catch| and |try-finally|.
 
 
-NESTING	OF TRY CONDITIONALS				*try-nesting*
+NESTING OF TRY CONDITIONALS				*try-nesting*
 
 Try conditionals can be nested arbitrarily.  That is, a complete try
 conditional can be put into the try block, a catch clause, or the finally

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ variables can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
 	*.fs		g:filetype_fs	|ft-forth-syntax|
 	*.i		g:filetype_i	|ft-progress-syntax|
 	*.inc		g:filetype_inc
+	*.lsl		g:filetype_lsl
 	*.m		g:filetype_m	|ft-mathematica-syntax|
 	*.mod		g:filetype_mod
 	*.p		g:filetype_p	|ft-pascal-syntax|
@@ -570,7 +571,7 @@ used.
 For example, to set the dialect to a default of "fblite" but still allow for
 any #lang directive overrides, use the following command: >
 
-     let g:freebasic_lang = "fblite"
+	let g:freebasic_lang = "fblite"
 
 
 GIT COMMIT                                              *ft-gitcommit-plugin*

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jan 22
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -74,8 +74,6 @@ method.  The value of the 'foldexpr' option is evaluated to get the foldlevel
 of a line.  Examples:
 This will create a fold for all consecutive lines that start with a tab: >
 	:set foldexpr=getline(v:lnum)[0]==\"\\t\"
-This will call a function to compute the fold level: >
-	:set foldexpr=MyFoldLevel(v:lnum)
 This will make a fold out of paragraphs separated by blank lines: >
 	:set foldexpr=getline(v:lnum)=~'^\\s*$'&&getline(v:lnum+1)=~'\\S'?'<1':1
 This does the same: >
@@ -84,6 +82,10 @@ This does the same: >
 Note that backslashes must be used to escape characters that ":set" handles
 differently (space, backslash, double quote, etc., see |option-backslash|).
 
+The most efficient is to call a compiled function without arguments: >
+	:set foldexpr=MyFoldLevel()
+The function must use v:lnum.  See |expr-option-function|.
+
 These are the conditions with which the expression is evaluated:
 - The current buffer and window are set for the line.
 - The variable "v:lnum" is set to the line number.
@@ -501,7 +503,7 @@ is evaluated to obtain the text displayed for a closed fold.  Example: >
 
 This shows the first line of the fold, with "/*", "*/" and "{{{" removed.
 Note the use of backslashes to avoid some characters to be interpreted by the
-":set" command.  It's simpler to define a function and call that: >
+":set" command.  It is much simpler to define a function and call it: >
 
     :set foldtext=MyFoldText()
     :function MyFoldText()
@@ -510,6 +512,9 @@ Note the use of backslashes to avoid some characters to be interpreted by the
     :  return v:folddashes .. sub
     :endfunction
 
+The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is faster,
+see |expr-option-function|.
+
 Evaluating 'foldtext' is done in the |sandbox|.  The current window is set to
 the window that displays the line.  The context is set to the script where the
 option was last set.
@@ -593,6 +598,11 @@ line is folded, it cannot be displayed there.
 Many movement commands handle a sequence of folded lines like an empty line.
 For example, the "w" command stops once in the first column.
 
+When starting a search in a closed fold it will not find a match in the
+current fold.  It's like a forward search always starts from the end of the
+closed fold, while a backwards search starts from the start of the closed
+fold.
+
 When in Insert mode, the cursor line is never folded.  That allows you to see
 what you type!
 

runtime/doc/ft_context.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_context.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Aug 12
+*ft_context.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 27
 
 This is the documentation for the ConTeXt filetype plugin.
 
@@ -23,13 +23,12 @@ ConTeXt, similarly to LaTeX, is a macro-based typesetting system built on TeX:
 <
 The ConTeXt plugin provides syntax highlighting, completion and support for
 typesetting ConTeXt documents. The recommended way to typeset a document is to
-use |:ConTeXt|. This will invoke the `mtxrun` script that is found in $PATH.
+use |:ConTeXt|. This will invoke the `mtxrun` script that is found in `$PATH`.
 
-For more fine grained control over the command and its environment, you may
-invoke `context.Typeset()` directly (or `context#Typeset()` from legacy Vim
-script). For instance, if you have installed a version of ConTeXt in
-`~/context`, you may define a function to use it (you may put the following
-code in `~/.vim/after/ftplugin/context.vim`) similar to the following:
+For more fine grained control over the command and its environment,
+`context.Typeset()` can be used directly (or `context#Typeset()` from legacy
+Vim script). For instance, if a version of ConTeXt is installed in
+`~/context`, you may define a function to use it similar to the following:
 >
 	import autoload 'context.vim'
 
@@ -38,14 +37,15 @@ code in `~/.vim/after/ftplugin/context.vim`) similar to the following:
 	      printf("%s/context/tex/texmf-<os>-<arch>/bin:%s", $HOME, $PATH)}
 	    context.Typeset("%", env)
 	enddef
-<
-and perhaps use it with a mapping:
+
+This code may go in `~/.vim/after/ftplugin/context.vim`. A mapping can then be
+defined to invoke the custom command:
 >
 	nnoremap <silent><buffer><leader>t <scriptcmd>MyConTeXt()<cr>
 <
 `context.Typeset()` accepts a third optional argument to specify a custom
-typesetting command. Such argument must be a function that takes a path and
-returns the command as a List. For example:
+typesetting command. That must be a function that takes a path and returns the
+command as a List. For example:
 >
 	def ConTeXtCustomCommand(path: string): list<string>
 	  return ['mtxrun', '--script', 'context', '--nonstopmode, path]
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ The last command will create the following syntax files:
 - `context-data-context.vim`;
 - `context-data-interfaces.vim`;
 - `context-data-metafun.vim`;
-- `context-data-tex.vim`. 
+- `context-data-tex.vim`.
 
 The same command can be used to update those syntax files.
 
@@ -103,14 +103,20 @@ Stop all the ConTeXt jobs currently running in the background.
 Settings ~
 					*'b:context_ignore_makefile'*
 					*'g:context_ignore_makefile'*
-`make` can be used to (synchronously) typeset a document. If a Makefile exists
+`:make` can be used to (synchronously) typeset a document. If a Makefile exists
 and this option is not set, standard `make` is used. If this option is set,
 `mtxrun` is invoked instead, even if a Makefile exists.
 >
 	g:context_ignore_makefile = 0
 <
-NOTE: before using `make`, set the working directory of the buffer to the
+NOTE: before using `:make`, set the working directory of the buffer to the
 directory of the file to be typeset.
+
+					*'g:context_extra_options'*
+A list of additional options to pass to `mtxrun`.
+>
+	g:context_extra_options = []
+<
 					*'b:context_include'*
 					*'g:context_include'*
 Dictionary of filetype/GROUP pairs for which syntax highlighting should be

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -1,70 +1,70 @@
-*ft_rust.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 02
+*ft_rust.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
 
 This is documentation for the Rust filetype plugin.
 
 ==============================================================================
-CONTENTS                                                      *rust*
+CONTENTS						      *rust*
 
-1. Introduction                                                   |rust-intro|
-2. Settings                                                    |rust-settings|
-3. Commands                                                    |rust-commands|
-4. Mappings                                                    |rust-mappings|
+1. Introduction							  |rust-intro|
+2. Settings						       |rust-settings|
+3. Commands						       |rust-commands|
+4. Mappings						       |rust-mappings|
 
 ==============================================================================
-INTRODUCTION                                                      *rust-intro*
+INTRODUCTION							  *rust-intro*
 
 This plugin provides syntax and supporting functionality for the Rust
 filetype.
 
 ==============================================================================
-SETTINGS                                                       *rust-settings*
+SETTINGS						       *rust-settings*
 
 This plugin has a few variables you can define in your vimrc that change the
 behavior of the plugin.
 
-                                                                *g:rustc_path*
+								*g:rustc_path*
 g:rustc_path~
 	Set this option to the path to rustc for use in the |:RustRun| and
 	|:RustExpand| commands. If unset, "rustc" will be located in $PATH: >
 	    let g:rustc_path = $HOME .. "/bin/rustc"
 <
 
-                                                  *g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
+						  *g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
 g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent~
 	Set this option to 1 to have 'makeprg' default to "rustc" instead of
 	"rustc %": >
 	    let g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent = 1
 <
 
-                                                              *g:rust_conceal*
+							      *g:rust_conceal*
 g:rust_conceal~
 	Set this option to turn on the basic |conceal| support: >
 	    let g:rust_conceal = 1
 <
 
-                                                     *g:rust_conceal_mod_path*
+						     *g:rust_conceal_mod_path*
 g:rust_conceal_mod_path~
 	Set this option to turn on |conceal| for the path connecting token
 	"::": >
 	    let g:rust_conceal_mod_path = 1
 <
 
-                                                          *g:rust_conceal_pub*
+							  *g:rust_conceal_pub*
 g:rust_conceal_pub~
 	Set this option to turn on |conceal| for the "pub" token: >
 	    let g:rust_conceal_pub = 1
 <
 
-                                                     *g:rust_recommended_style*
+						     *g:rust_recommended_style*
 g:rust_recommended_style~
-        Set this option to enable vim indentation and textwidth settings to
-        conform to style conventions of the rust standard library (i.e. use 4
-        spaces for indents and sets 'textwidth' to 99). This option is enabled
+	Set this option to enable vim indentation and textwidth settings to
+	conform to style conventions of the rust standard library (i.e. use 4
+	spaces for indents and sets 'textwidth' to 99). This option is enabled
 	by default. To disable it: >
 	    let g:rust_recommended_style = 0
 <
 
-                                                                 *g:rust_fold*
+								 *g:rust_fold*
 g:rust_fold~
 	Set this option to turn on |folding|: >
 	    let g:rust_fold = 1
@@ -76,39 +76,39 @@ g:rust_fold~
 	2		Braced blocks are folded. 'foldlevel' is left at the
 			global value (all folds are closed by default).
 
-                                                  *g:rust_bang_comment_leader*
+						  *g:rust_bang_comment_leader*
 g:rust_bang_comment_leader~
 	Set this option to 1 to preserve the leader on multi-line doc comments
 	using the /*! syntax: >
 	    let g:rust_bang_comment_leader = 1
 <
 
-                                                 *g:ftplugin_rust_source_path*
+						 *g:ftplugin_rust_source_path*
 g:ftplugin_rust_source_path~
 	Set this option to a path that should be prepended to 'path' for Rust
 	source files: >
 	    let g:ftplugin_rust_source_path = $HOME .. '/dev/rust'
 <
 
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_command*
+						       *g:rustfmt_command*
 g:rustfmt_command~
 	Set this option to the name of the 'rustfmt' executable in your $PATH. If
 	not specified it defaults to 'rustfmt' : >
 	    let g:rustfmt_command = 'rustfmt'
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_autosave*
+						       *g:rustfmt_autosave*
 g:rustfmt_autosave~
 	Set this option to 1 to run |:RustFmt| automatically when saving a
 	buffer. If not specified it defaults to 0 : >
 	    let g:rustfmt_autosave = 0
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_fail_silently*
+						       *g:rustfmt_fail_silently*
 g:rustfmt_fail_silently~
 	Set this option to 1 to prevent 'rustfmt' from populating the
 	|location-list| with errors. If not specified it defaults to 0: >
 	    let g:rustfmt_fail_silently = 0
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_options*
+						       *g:rustfmt_options*
 g:rustfmt_options~
 	Set this option to a string of options to pass to 'rustfmt'. The
 	write-mode is already set to 'overwrite'. If not specified it
@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ g:rustfmt_options~
 	    let g:rustfmt_options = ''
 <
 
-                                                          *g:rust_playpen_url*
+							  *g:rust_playpen_url*
 g:rust_playpen_url~
 	Set this option to override the URL for the playpen to use: >
 	    let g:rust_playpen_url = 'https://play.rust-lang.org/'
 <
 
-                                                        *g:rust_shortener_url*
+							*g:rust_shortener_url*
 g:rust_shortener_url~
 	Set this option to override the URL for the URL shortener: >
 	    let g:rust_shortener_url = 'https://is.gd/'
@@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ g:rust_shortener_url~
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
+COMMANDS						       *rust-commands*
 
-:RustRun  [args]                                                    *:RustRun*
+:RustRun  [args]						    *:RustRun*
 :RustRun! [rustc-args] [--] [args]
 		Compiles and runs the current file. If it has unsaved changes,
 		it will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustExpand  [args]                                              *:RustExpand*
+:RustExpand  [args]						 *:RustExpand*
 :RustExpand! [TYPE] [args]
 		Expands the current file using --pretty and displays the
 		results in a new split. If the current file has unsaved
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustEmitIr [args]                                               *:RustEmitIr*
+:RustEmitIr [args]						 *:RustEmitIr*
 		Compiles the current file to LLVM IR and displays the results
 		in a new split. If the current file has unsaved changes, it
 		will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is an
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustEmitAsm [args]                                             *:RustEmitAsm*
+:RustEmitAsm [args]						*:RustEmitAsm*
 		Compiles the current file to assembly and displays the results
 		in a new split. If the current file has unsaved changes, it
 		will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is an
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustPlay                                                          *:RustPlay*
+:RustPlay							   *:RustPlay*
 		This command will only work if you have web-api.vim installed
 		(available at https://github.com/mattn/webapi-vim).  It sends the
 		current selection, or if nothing is selected, the entirety of the
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		|g:rust_shortener_url| is the base URL for the shortener, by
 		default "https://is.gd/"
 
-:RustFmt                                                       *:RustFmt*
+:RustFmt						       *:RustFmt*
 		Runs |g:rustfmt_command| on the current buffer. If
 		|g:rustfmt_options| is set then those will be passed to the
 		executable.
@@ -214,12 +214,12 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		|g:rustfmt_command|. If |g:rustfmt_fail_silently| is set to 1
 		then it will not populate the |location-list|.
 
-:RustFmtRange                                                  *:RustFmtRange*
+:RustFmtRange						       *:RustFmtRange*
 		Runs |g:rustfmt_command| with selected range. See
 		|:RustFmt| for any other information.
 
 ==============================================================================
-MAPPINGS                                                       *rust-mappings*
+MAPPINGS						       *rust-mappings*
 
 This plugin defines mappings for |[[| and |]]| to support hanging indents.
 

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -889,6 +889,11 @@ s	The menu was defined with "<silent>" to avoid showing what it is
 Note that hitting <Tab> while entering a menu name after a menu command may
 be used to complete the name of the menu item.
 
+It is not allowed to change menus while listing them.  *E1310*
+This doesn't normally happen, only when, for example, you would have a timer
+callback define a menu and the user lists menus in a way it shows
+|more-prompt|.
+
 
 5.4 Executing Menus					*execute-menus*
 

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 13
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 03
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -153,6 +153,7 @@ Special issues ~
 |terminal.txt|	Terminal window support
 |popup.txt|	popup window support
 |vim9.txt|	using Vim9 script
+|vim9class.txt|	using Vim9 script classes
 
 Programming language support ~
 |indent.txt|	automatic indenting for C and other languages
@@ -161,6 +162,8 @@ Programming language support ~
 |filetype.txt|	settings done specifically for a type of file
 |quickfix.txt|	commands for a quick edit-compile-fix cycle
 |ft_ada.txt|	Ada (the programming language) support
+|ft_context.txt|	Filetype plugin for ConTeXt
+|ft_mp.txt|	Filetype plugin for METAFONT and MetaPost
 |ft_ps1.txt|	Filetype plugin for Windows PowerShell
 |ft_raku.txt|	Filetype plugin for Raku
 |ft_rust.txt|	Filetype plugin for Rust

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2019 Dec 07
+*if_ole.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -156,18 +156,14 @@ To avoid the message box that pops up to report the result, prepend "-silent":
 	gvim -silent -unregister
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. MS Visual Studio integration			*MSVisualStudio* *VisVim*
+5. MS Visual Studio integration				*MSVisualStudio*
 
-The OLE version can be used to run Vim as the editor in Microsoft Visual
-Studio.  This is called "VisVim".  It is included in the archive that contains
-the OLE version.  The documentation can be found in the runtime directory, the
-README_VisVim.txt file.
+The old "VisVim" integration was removed from Vim in patch 9.0.0698.
 
 
 Using Vim with Visual Studio .Net~
 
-With .Net you no longer really need VisVim, since .Net studio has support for
-external editors.  Follow these directions:
+.Net studio has support for external editors.  Follow these directions:
 
 In .Net Studio choose from the menu Tools->External Tools...
 Add

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 21
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -982,9 +982,12 @@ indentation: >
 
 PYTHON							*ft-python-indent*
 
-The amount of indent can be set for the following situations.  The examples
-given are the defaults.  Note that the dictionary values are set to an
-expression, so that you can change the value of 'shiftwidth' later.
+The amount of indent can be set with the `g:python_indent` |Dictionary|, which
+needs to be created before adding the items: >
+	let g:python_indent = {}
+The examples given are the defaults.  Note that the dictionary values are set
+to an expression, so that you can change the value of 'shiftwidth' later
+without having to update these values.
 
 Indent after an open paren: >
 	let g:python_indent.open_paren = 'shiftwidth() * 2'
@@ -1227,13 +1230,31 @@ comments will be indented according to the correctly indented code.
 
 
 VIM							*ft-vim-indent*
+							*g:vim_indent*
+Vim scripts indentation can be configured with the `g:vim_indent` dictionary
+variable.  It supports 3 keys, `line_continuation`, `more_in_bracket_block`,
+and `searchpair_timeout`.
+`line_continuation` expects a number which will be added to the indent level of
+a continuation line starting with a backslash, and defaults to
+`shiftwidth() * 3`.  It also accepts a string, which is evaluated at runtime.
+`more_in_bracket_block` expects a boolean value; when on, an extra
+`shiftwidth()` is added inside blocks surrounded with brackets.  It defaults to
+`v:false`.
+`searchpair_timeout` expects a number which will be passed to `searchpair()` as
+a timeout.  Increasing the value might give more accurate results, but also
+causes the indentation to take more time.  It defaults to 100 (milliseconds).
+
+Example of configuration:
+
+	let g:vim_indent = #{
+	    \ line_continuation: shiftwidth() * 3,
+	    \ more_in_bracket_block: v:false,
+	    \ searchpair_timeout: 100,
+	    \ }
+
 							*g:vim_indent_cont*
-For indenting Vim scripts there is one variable that specifies the amount of
-indent for a continuation line, a line that starts with a backslash: >
-
-	:let g:vim_indent_cont = shiftwidth() * 3
-
-Three times shiftwidth is the default value.
+This variable is equivalent to `g:vim_indent.line_continuation`.
+It's supported for backward compatibility.
 
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 11
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:!!|		:!!		repeat last ":!" command
 |:#|		:#		same as ":number"
 |:&|		:&		repeat last ":substitute"
-|:star|		:*		execute contents of a register
+|:star|		:*		use the last Visual area, like :'<,'>
 |:<|		:<		shift lines one 'shiftwidth' left
 |:=|		:=		print the last line number
 |:>|		:>		shift lines one 'shiftwidth' right
@@ -1277,6 +1277,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:debuggreedy|	:debugg[reedy]	read debug mode commands from normal input
 |:def|		:def		define a Vim9 user function
 |:defcompile|	:defc[ompile]	compile Vim9 user functions in current script
+|:defer|	:defer		call function when current function is done
 |:delcommand|	:delc[ommand]	delete user-defined command
 |:delfunction|	:delf[unction]	delete a user function
 |:delmarks|	:delm[arks]	delete marks
@@ -1308,6 +1309,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:echohl|	:echoh[l]	set highlighting for echo commands
 |:echomsg|	:echom[sg]	same as :echo, put message in history
 |:echon|	:echon		same as :echo, but without <EOL>
+|:echowindow|	:echow[indow]	same as :echomsg, but use a popup window
 |:else|		:el[se]		part of an :if command
 |:elseif|	:elsei[f]	part of an :if command
 |:emenu|	:em[enu]	execute a menu by name
@@ -1356,6 +1358,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:highlight|	:hi[ghlight]	specify highlighting methods
 |:hide|		:hid[e]		hide current buffer for a command
 |:history|	:his[tory]	print a history list
+|:horizontal|	:hor[izontal]	following window command work horizontally
 |:insert|	:i[nsert]	insert text
 |:iabbrev|	:ia[bbrev]	like ":abbrev" but for Insert mode
 |:iabclear|	:iabc[lear]	like ":abclear" but for Insert mode

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ When the popup menu is displayed there are a few more special keys, see
 |popupmenu-keys|.
 
 Note: The keys that are valid in CTRL-X mode are not mapped.  This allows for
-":map ^F ^X^F" to work (where ^F is CTRL-F and ^X is CTRL-X).  The key that
+`:map <C-F> <C-X><C-F>` to work (assuming "<" is not in 'cpo').  The key that
 ends CTRL-X mode (any key that is not a valid CTRL-X mode command) is mapped.
 Also, when doing completion with 'complete' mappings apply as usual.
 
@@ -677,11 +677,12 @@ buffer text cannot be changed.  Mappings that somehow invoke ":normal i.."
 will generate an E565 error.
 
 The following mappings are suggested to make typing the completion commands
-a bit easier (although they will hide other commands): >
-    :inoremap ^] ^X^]
-    :inoremap ^F ^X^F
-    :inoremap ^D ^X^D
-    :inoremap ^L ^X^L
+a bit easier (although they will hide other commands; this requires "<" is not
+in 'cpo'): >
+    :inoremap <C-]> <C-X><C-]>
+    :inoremap <C-F> <C-X><C-F>
+    :inoremap <C-D> <C-X><C-D>
+    :inoremap <C-L> <C-X><C-L>
 
 As a special case, typing CTRL-R to perform register insertion (see
 |i_CTRL-R|) will not exit CTRL-X mode.  This is primarily to allow the use of
@@ -891,7 +892,7 @@ Groß): >
       endfor
       return res
     endfunc
-    
+
     if exists('+thesaurusfunc')
       set thesaurusfunc=Thesaur
     endif

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 12
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -122,10 +122,10 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
 There are three ways to report bugs:
-1. Open an issue on GitHub: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
-   The text will be forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.
-2. For issues with runtime files, look in the header for an email address or
+1. For issues with runtime files, look in the header for an email address or
    any other way to report it to the maintainer.
+2. Open an issue on GitHub: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues
+   The text will be forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.
 3. Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim-dev@vim.org>
    This is a maillist, you need to become a member first and many people will
    see the message.  If you don't want that, e.g. because it is a security

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 12
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -10,18 +10,19 @@ This subject is introduced in sections |05.4|, |24.7| and |40.1| of the user
 manual.
 
 1. Key mapping			|key-mapping|
-   1.1 MAP COMMANDS			|:map-commands|
-   1.2 Special arguments		|:map-arguments|
-   1.3 Mapping and modes		|:map-modes|
-   1.4 Listing mappings			|map-listing|
-   1.5 Mapping special keys		|:map-special-keys|
-   1.6 Special characters		|:map-special-chars|
-   1.7 What keys to map			|map-which-keys|
-   1.8 Examples				|map-examples|
-   1.9 Using mappings			|map-typing|
-   1.10 Mapping alt-keys		|:map-alt-keys|
-   1.11 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode	|modifyOtherKeys|
-   1.12 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
+   1.1 MAP COMMANDS				|:map-commands|
+   1.2 Special arguments			|:map-arguments|
+   1.3 Mapping and modes			|:map-modes|
+   1.4 Listing mappings				|map-listing|
+   1.5 Mapping special keys			|:map-special-keys|
+   1.6 Special characters			|:map-special-chars|
+   1.7 What keys to map				|map-which-keys|
+   1.8 Examples					|map-examples|
+   1.9 Using mappings				|map-typing|
+   1.10 Mapping alt-keys			|:map-alt-keys|
+   1.11 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode		|modifyOtherKeys|
+   1.12 Mapping with Kitty keyboard protocol	|kitty-keyboard-protocol|
+   1.13 Mapping an operator			|:map-operator|
 2. Abbreviations		|abbreviations|
 3. Local mappings and functions	|script-local|
 4. User-defined commands	|user-commands|
@@ -234,6 +235,9 @@ The search string will not be echoed when using this mapping.  Messages from
 the executed command are still given though.  To shut them up too, add a
 ":silent" in the executed command: >
 	:map <silent> ,h :exe ":silent normal /Header\r"<CR>
+Note that the effect of a command might also be silenced, e.g., when the
+mapping selects another entry for command line completion it won't be
+displayed.
 Prompts will still be given, e.g., for inputdialog().
 Using "<silent>" for an abbreviation is possible, but will cause redrawing of
 the command line to fail.
@@ -581,6 +585,9 @@ is the start of the last selected Visual area in the current buffer |'<|.
 The |:filter| command can be used to select what mappings to list.  The
 pattern is matched against the {lhs} and {rhs} in the raw form.
 
+While mappings are being listed, it is not possible to add or clear mappings,
+e.g. from a timer callback. *E1309*
+
 							*:map-verbose*
 When 'verbose' is non-zero, listing a key map will also display where it was
 last defined.  Example: >
@@ -964,13 +971,18 @@ using other applications but not when inside Vim.
 Xterm and a few other terminals can be put in a mode where keys with modifiers
 are sent with a special escape code.  Vim recognizes these codes and can then
 make a difference between CTRL-H and Backspace, even when Backspace sends the
-character 8.  And many more special keys.
+character 8.  And many more special keys, such as Tab and CTRL-I, which cannot
+be mapped separately otherwise.
 
 For xterm modifyOtherKeys is enabled in the builtin termcap entry.  If this is
 not used you can enable modifyOtherKeys with these lines in your vimrc: >
       let &t_TI = "\<Esc>[>4;2m"
       let &t_TE = "\<Esc>[>4;m"
 
+This sets modifyOtherKeys to level 2.  Note that modifyOtherKeys level 1 does
+not work.  Some terminals do not support level 2 and then send key codes that
+Vim will not be able to correctly recognize.
+
 In case the modifyOtherKeys mode causes problems you can disable it: >
       let &t_TI = ""
       let &t_TE = ""
@@ -989,16 +1001,61 @@ mapping, see |map-bar|.
 WARNING: if you map <C-[> you may very well break any key codes that start
 with Esc.  Make sure it comes AFTER other mappings.
 
+Starting with xterm version 377 Vim can detect the modifyOtherKeys state by
+requesting it.  For this the 't_RK' termcap entry is used.  When the response
+is found then Vim will know whether modifyOtherKeys level 2 is enabled, and
+handle mappings accordingly.
+
+Before version 377 Vim automatically detects if the modifyOtherKeys mode was
+enabled when it spots an escape sequence that must have been created by it.
+To see if Vim detected such an escape sequence use `:verbose map`, the first
+line will then show "Seen modifyOtherKeys: true" (possibly translated).
+
+This automatic detection depends on receiving an escape code starting with 
+"<1b>[27;".  This is the normal way xterm sends these key codes.  However, if
+the *formatOtherKeys* resource is set another form is used that is not
+recognized, therefore you must not set formatOtherKeys.
+
 A known side effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is inserted
 after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether modifyOtherKeys is
 enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-SHIFT-V CTRL-V, if you get one byte then
-modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is on.
+modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>[27;5;118~ then it is on.
+
+Note that xterm up to version 376 has a bug that makes Shift-Esc send a
+regular Esc code, the Shift modifier is dropped.
 
 When the 'esckeys' option is off, then modifyOtherKeys will be disabled in
 Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
 
 
-1.12 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
+1.12 MAPPING WITH KITTY KEYBOARD PROTOCOL	 *kitty-keyboard-protocol*
+
+If the value of 'term' contains "kitty" then Vim will send out an escape
+sequence to enable the Kitty keyboard protocol.  This can be changed with the
+'keyprotocol' option.
+
+Like modifyOtherKeys, this will make it possible to distinguish between more
+keys with modifiers.  Also, this protocol sends an escape sequence for the Esc
+key, so that Vim does not need to use a timeout to know whether receiving an
+Esc character means the Esc key was pressed or it's the start of an escape
+sequence.
+
+Vim automatically detects if the Kitty keyboard protocol was enabled when it
+spots the response to the status request (this should be part of the |t_TI|
+termcap entry).  To see if Vim detected such an escape sequence use: >
+	:verbose map
+The first line will then show "Kitty keyboard protocol: {value}" (possibly
+translated).  The meaning of {value}:
+	Unknown		no status received yet
+	Off		protocol is not used
+	On		protocol is used
+	Disabled	protocol was used but expected to have been disabled
+			by 't_TE'
+	Cleared		protocol expected to have beeen disabled by 't_TE',
+			previous state is unknown 
+
+
+1.13 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
 
 An operator is used before a {motion} command.  To define your own operator
 you must create a mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then
@@ -1468,6 +1525,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 :delc[ommand] {cmd}				*:delc* *:delcommand* *E184*
 			Delete the user-defined command {cmd}.
+			This is not allowed while listing commands, e.g. from
+			a timer. *E1311*
 
 :delc[ommand] -buffer {cmd}					*E1237*
 			Delete the user-defined command {cmd} that was defined
@@ -1478,7 +1537,7 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 
 Command attributes ~
-                                                       *command-attributes*
+							*command-attributes*
 User-defined commands are treated by Vim just like any other Ex commands.  They
 can have arguments, or have a range specified.  Arguments are subject to
 completion as filenames, buffers, etc.  Exactly how this works depends upon the
@@ -1636,7 +1695,7 @@ Possible attributes are:
 		    number.
 	-count=N    A count (default N) which is specified either in the line
 		    number position, or as an initial argument (like |:Next|).
-	-count	    acts like -count=0
+	-count	    Acts like -count=0
 
 Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be
 specified.
@@ -1654,7 +1713,7 @@ Possible values are (second column is the short name used in listing):
     -addr=windows	  win	Range for windows
     -addr=tabs		  tab	Range for tab pages
     -addr=quickfix	  qf	Range for quickfix entries
-    -addr=other		  ?	other kind of range; can use ".", "$" and "%"
+    -addr=other		  ?	Other kind of range; can use ".", "$" and "%"
 				as with "lines" (this is the default for
 				-count)
 
@@ -1761,7 +1820,8 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 If the first two characters of an escape sequence are "q-" (for example,
 <q-args>) then the value is quoted in such a way as to make it a valid value
 for use in an expression.  This uses the argument as one single value.
-When there is no argument <q-args> is an empty string.
+When there is no argument <q-args> is an empty string.  See the
+|q-args-example| below.
 							*<f-args>*
 To allow commands to pass their arguments on to a user-defined function, there
 is a special form <f-args> ("function args").  This splits the command
@@ -1771,7 +1831,7 @@ See the Mycmd example below.  If no arguments are given <f-args> is removed.
    To embed whitespace into an argument of <f-args>, prepend a backslash.
 <f-args> replaces every pair of backslashes (\\) with one backslash.  A
 backslash followed by a character other than white space or a backslash
-remains unmodified.  Overview:
+remains unmodified.  Also see |f-args-example| below.  Overview:
 
 	command		   <f-args> ~
 	XX ab		   'ab'
@@ -1785,7 +1845,8 @@ remains unmodified.  Overview:
 	XX a\\\\b	   'a\\b'
 	XX a\\\\ b	   'a\\', 'b'
 
-Examples >
+
+Examples for user commands: >
 
    " Delete everything after here to the end
    :com Ddel +,$d
@@ -1801,7 +1862,8 @@ Examples >
    " Count the number of lines in the range
    :com! -range -nargs=0 Lines  echo <line2> - <line1> + 1 "lines"
 
-   " Call a user function (example of <f-args>)
+<						*f-args-example*
+Call a user function (example of <f-args>) >
    :com -nargs=* Mycmd call Myfunc(<f-args>)
 
 When executed as: >
@@ -1809,7 +1871,8 @@ When executed as: >
 This will invoke: >
 	:call Myfunc("arg1","arg2")
 
-   :" A more substantial example
+<						*q-args-example*
+A more substantial example: >
    :function Allargs(command)
    :   let i = 0
    :   while i < argc()

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jan 26
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -635,6 +635,7 @@ probably means that some other program changed the file.  You will have to
 find out what happened, and decide which version of the file you want to keep.
 Set the 'autoread' option if you want to do this automatically.
 This message is not given when 'buftype' is not empty.
+Also see the |FileChangedShell| autocommand.
 
 There is one situation where you get this message even though there is nothing
 wrong: If you save a file in Windows on the day the daylight saving time

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 18
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ g;			Go to [count] older position in change list.
 			(not a motion command)
 
 							*g,* *E663*
-g,			Go to [count] newer cursor position in change list.
+g,			Go to [count] newer position in change list.
 			Just like |g;| but in the opposite direction.
 			(not a motion command)
 

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 09
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1626,6 +1626,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that v:charconvert_from and v:charconvert_to may be different
 	from 'encoding'.  Vim internally uses UTF-8 instead of UCS-2 or UCS-4.
 
+	The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is
+	faster, see |expr-option-function|.
+
 	Encryption is not done by Vim when using 'charconvert'.  If you want
 	to encrypt the file after conversion, 'charconvert' should take care
 	of this.
@@ -1702,7 +1705,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	after that.  Therefore do not append an item with += but use ^= to
 	prepend, e.g.: >
 		set clipboard^=unnamed
-<	These names are recognized:
+<	When using the GUI see |'go-A'|.
+	These names are recognized:
 
 						*clipboard-unnamed*
 	unnamed		When included, Vim will use the clipboard register '*'
@@ -2938,7 +2942,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'display' 'dy'		string	(default "", set to "truncate" in
 							       |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-	Change the way text is displayed.  This is comma-separated list of
+	Change the way text is displayed.  This is a comma-separated list of
 	flags:
 	lastline	When included, as much as possible of the last line
 			in a window will be displayed.  "@@@" is put in the
@@ -2952,6 +2956,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When neither "lastline" nor "truncate" is included, a last line that
 	doesn't fit is replaced with "@" lines.
 
+	The "@" character can be changed by setting the "lastline" item in
+	'fillchars'.  The character is highlighted with |hl-NonText|.
+
 						*'eadirection'* *'ead'*
 'eadirection' 'ead'	string	(default "both")
 			global
@@ -3041,6 +3048,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When 'encoding' is set to a Unicode encoding, and 'fileencodings' was
 	not set yet, the default for 'fileencodings' is changed.
 
+			*'endoffile'* *'eof'* *'noendoffile'* *'noeof'*
+'endoffile' 'eof'	boolean	(default off)
+			local to buffer
+	Indicates that a CTRL-Z character was found at the end of the file
+	when reading it.  Normally only happens when 'fileformat' is "dos".
+	When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
+	is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no CTRL-Z will be written at the
+	end of the file.
+	See |eol-and-eof| for example settings.
+
 			*'endofline'* *'eol'* *'noendofline'* *'noeol'*
 'endofline' 'eol'	boolean	(default on)
 			local to buffer
@@ -3055,6 +3072,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	to remember the presence of a <EOL> for the last line in the file, so
 	that when you write the file the situation from the original file can
 	be kept.  But you can change it if you want to.
+	See |eol-and-eof| for example settings.
 
 			     *'equalalways'* *'ea'* *'noequalalways'* *'noea'*
 'equalalways' 'ea'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -3416,6 +3434,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  foldsep	'|'		open fold middle character
 	  diff		'-'		deleted lines of the 'diff' option
 	  eob		'~'		empty lines below the end of a buffer
+	  lastline	'@'		'display' contains lastline/truncate
 
 	Any one that is omitted will fall back to the default.  For "stl" and
 	"stlnc" the space will be used when there is highlighting, '^' or '='
@@ -3438,16 +3457,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  fold		Folded			|hl-Folded|
 	  diff		DiffDelete		|hl-DiffDelete|
 	  eob		EndOfBuffer		|hl-EndOfBuffer|
+	  lastline	NonText			|hl-NonText|
 
 		*'fixendofline'* *'fixeol'* *'nofixendofline'* *'nofixeol'*
 'fixendofline' 'fixeol'	boolean	(default on)
 			local to buffer
 	When writing a file and this option is on, <EOL> at the end of file
-	will be restored if missing. Turn this option off if you want to
+	will be restored if missing.  Turn this option off if you want to
 	preserve the situation from the original file.
 	When the 'binary' option is set the value of this option doesn't
 	matter.
 	See the 'endofline' option.
+	See |eol-and-eof| for example settings.
 
 					*'fkmap'* *'fk'* *'nofkmap'* *'nofk'*
 'fkmap' 'fk'		boolean (default off)
@@ -3663,6 +3684,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	This will invoke the mylang#Format() function in the
 	autoload/mylang.vim file in 'runtimepath'. |autoload|
 
+	The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is
+	faster, see |expr-option-function|.
+
 	The expression is also evaluated when 'textwidth' is set and adding
 	text beyond that limit.  This happens under the same conditions as
 	when internal formatting is used.  Make sure the cursor is kept in the
@@ -3978,6 +4002,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			 "A"		 -			yes
 			 "aA"		yes			yes
 
+		When using a terminal see the 'clipboard' option.
+
 								*'go-c'*
 	  'c'	Use console dialogs instead of popup dialogs for simple
 		choices.
@@ -4522,20 +4548,27 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			|+find_in_path| or |+eval| features}
 	Expression to be used to transform the string found with the 'include'
 	option to a file name.  Mostly useful to change "." to "/" for Java: >
-		:set includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')
+		:setlocal includeexpr=substitute(v:fname,'\\.','/','g')
 <	The "v:fname" variable will be set to the file name that was detected.
-
+	Note the double backslash: the `:set` command first halves them, then
+	one remains it the value, where "\." matches a dot literally.  For
+	simple character replacements `tr()` avoids the need for escaping: >
+		:setlocal includeexpr=tr(v:fname,'.','/')
+<
 	Also used for the |gf| command if an unmodified file name can't be
 	found.  Allows doing "gf" on the name after an 'include' statement.
 	Also used for |<cfile>|.
 
 	If the expression starts with s: or |<SID>|, then it is replaced with
 	the script ID (|local-function|). Example: >
-		set includeexpr=s:MyIncludeExpr(v:fname)
-		set includeexpr=<SID>SomeIncludeExpr(v:fname)
+		setlocal includeexpr=s:MyIncludeExpr()
+		setlocal includeexpr=<SID>SomeIncludeExpr()
 <	Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
 	where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
 
+	It is more efficient if the value is just a function call without
+	arguments, see |expr-option-function|.
+
 	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
@@ -4604,7 +4637,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	in Insert mode as specified with the 'indentkeys' option.
 	When this option is not empty, it overrules the 'cindent' and
 	'smartindent' indenting.  When 'lisp' is set, this option is
-	overridden by the Lisp indentation algorithm.
+	is only used when 'lispoptions' contains "expr:1".
 	When 'paste' is set this option is not used for indenting.
 	The expression is evaluated with |v:lnum| set to the line number for
 	which the indent is to be computed.  The cursor is also in this line
@@ -4617,6 +4650,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	Otherwise, the expression is evaluated in the context of the script
 	where the option was set, thus script-local items are available.
 
+	The advantage of using a function call without arguments is that it is
+	faster, see |expr-option-function|.
+
 	The expression must return the number of spaces worth of indent.  It
 	can return "-1" to keep the current indent (this means 'autoindent' is
 	used for the indent).
@@ -4856,6 +4892,51 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	<PageUp> and <PageDown>.
 	The 'keymodel' option is set by the |:behave| command.
 
+						*'keyprotocol'* *'kpc'*
+'keyprotocol' 'kpc'	string	(default: see below)
+			global
+	Specifies what keyboard protocol to use depending on the value of
+	'term'.  The supported keyboard protocols names are:
+		none	whatever the terminal uses
+		mok2	modifyOtherKeys level 2, as supported by xterm
+		kitty	Kitty keyboard protocol, as supported by Kitty
+
+	The option value is a list of comma separated items.  Each item has
+	a pattern that is matched against the 'term' option, a colon and the
+	protocol name to be used.  To illustrate this, the default value would
+	be set with: >
+	   set keyprotocol=kitty:kitty,foot:kitty,wezterm:kitty,xterm:mok2
+
+<	This means that when 'term' contains "kitty, "foot" or "wezterm"
+	somewhere then the "kitty" protocol is used.  When 'term' contains
+	"xterm" somewhere, then the "mok2" protocol is used. 
+
+	The first match is used, thus if you want to have "kitty" use the
+	kitty protocol, but "badkitty" not, then you should match "badkitty"
+	first and use the "none" value: >
+	   set keyprotocol=badkitty:none,kitty:kitty
+<
+	The option is used after 'term' has been changed.  First the termcap
+	entries are set, possibly using the builtin list, see |builtin-terms|.
+	Then this option is inspected and if there is a match and a protocol
+	is specified the following happens:
+		none	Nothing, the regular t_TE and t_TI values remain
+
+		mok2	The t_TE value is changed to:
+			    CSI >4;m	disables modifyOtherKeys
+			The t_TI value is changed to:
+			    CSI >4;2m	enables modifyOtherKeys
+			    CSI ?4m	request the modifyOtherKeys state
+
+		kitty	The t_TE value is changed to:
+			    CSI >4;m	disables modifyOtherKeys
+			    CSI =0;1u	disables the kitty keyboard protocol
+			The t_TI value is changed to:
+			    CSI =1;1u	enables the kitty keyboard protocol
+			    CSI ?u	request kitty keyboard protocol state
+			    CSI >c	request the termresponse
+
+
 					*'keywordprg'* *'kp'*
 'keywordprg' 'kp'	string	(default "man" or "man -s",  DOS: ":help",
 								  VMS: "help")
@@ -5043,6 +5124,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	calling an external program if 'equalprg' is empty.
 	This option is not used when 'paste' is set.
 
+						*'lispoptions'* *'lop'*
+'lispoptions' 'lop'	string	(default "")
+			local to buffer
+	Comma-separated list of items that influence the Lisp indenting when
+	enabled with the |'lisp'| option.  Currently only one item is
+	supported:
+		expr:1	use 'indentexpr' for Lisp indenting when it is set
+		expr:0	do not use 'indentexpr' for Lisp indenting (default)
+	Note that when using 'indentexpr' the `=` operator indents all the
+	lines, otherwise the first line is not indented (Vi-compatible).
+
 						*'lispwords'* *'lw'*
 'lispwords' 'lw'	string	(default is very long)
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
@@ -6456,8 +6548,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					 *'ruler'* *'ru'* *'noruler'* *'noru'*
 'ruler' 'ru'		boolean	(default off, set in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+cmdline_info| feature}
 	Show the line and column number of the cursor position, separated by a
 	comma.  When there is room, the relative position of the displayed
 	text in the file is shown on the far right:
@@ -7059,6 +7149,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages.  For example,
 		"-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only match",
 		"Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
+	  C	don't give messages while scanning for ins-completion items,
+		for instance "scanning tags"
 	  q	use "recording" instead of "recording @a"
 	  F	don't give the file info when editing a file, like `:silent`
 		was used for the command; note that this also affects messages
@@ -7115,8 +7207,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'showcmd' 'sc'		boolean	(Vim default: on, off for Unix,
 				       Vi default: off, set in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+cmdline_info| feature}
 	Show (partial) command in the last line of the screen.  Set this
 	option off if your terminal is slow.
 	In Visual mode the size of the selected area is shown:
@@ -7287,6 +7377,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	reset.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
+			*'smoothscroll'* *'sms'* *'nosmoothscroll'* *'nosms'*
+'smoothscroll' 'sms'	boolean  (default off)
+			local to window
+	Scrolling works with screen lines.  When 'wrap' is set and the first
+	line in the window wraps part of it may not be visible, as if it is
+	above the window. "<<<" is displayed at the start of the first line,
+	highlighted with |hl-NonText|.
+	NOTE: only partly implemented, currently works with CTRL-E, CTRL-Y
+	and scrolling with the mouse.
+
 					*'softtabstop'* *'sts'*
 'softtabstop' 'sts'	number	(default 0)
 			local to buffer
@@ -7467,9 +7567,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			The file is used for all languages.
 
 	expr:{expr}	Evaluate expression {expr}.  Use a function to avoid
-			trouble with spaces.  |v:val| holds the badly spelled
-			word.  The expression must evaluate to a List of
-			Lists, each with a suggestion and a score.
+			trouble with spaces.  Best is to call a function
+			without arguments, see |expr-option-function|.
+			|v:val| holds the badly spelled word.  The expression
+			must evaluate to a List of Lists, each with a
+			suggestion and a score.
 			Example:
 				[['the', 33], ['that', 44]] ~
 			Set 'verbose' and use |z=| to see the scores that the
@@ -7493,24 +7595,28 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When on, splitting a window will put the new window below the current
 	one. |:split|
 
+			*'splitkeep'* *'spk'*
+'splitkeep' 'spk'	string	(default "cursor")
+			global
+	The value of this option determines the scroll behavior when opening,
+	closing or resizing horizontal splits.
+
+	Possible values are:
+	  cursor	Keep the same relative cursor position.
+	  screen	Keep the text on the same screen line.
+	  topline	Keep the topline the same.
+
+	For the "screen" and "topline" values, the cursor position will be
+	changed when necessary. In this case, the jumplist will be populated
+	with the previous cursor position. For "screen", the text cannot always
+	be kept on the same screen line when 'wrap' is enabled.
+
 			*'splitright'* *'spr'* *'nosplitright'* *'nospr'*
 'splitright' 'spr'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
 	When on, splitting a window will put the new window right of the
 	current one. |:vsplit|
 
-			*'splitscroll'* *'spsc'* *'nosplitscroll'* *'nospsc'*
-'splitscroll' 'spsc'	boolean	(default on)
-			global
-	The value of this option determines the scroll behavior when opening,
-	closing or resizing horizontal splits. When "on", splitting a window
-	horizontally will keep the same relative cursor position in the old and
-	new window, as well windows that are resized. When "off", scrolling
-	will be avoided to stabilize the window content. Instead, the cursor
-	position will be changed when necessary. In this case, the jumplist
-	will be populated with the previous cursor position. Scrolling cannot
-	be guaranteed to be avoided when 'wrap' is enabled.
-
 			   *'startofline'* *'sol'* *'nostartofline'* *'nosol'*
 'startofline' 'sol'	boolean	(default on)
 			global
@@ -8464,10 +8570,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	xterm entries...).
 
 				     *'ttyfast'* *'tf'* *'nottyfast'* *'notf'*
-'ttyfast' 'tf'		boolean	(default off, on when 'term' is xterm, hpterm,
-					sun-cmd, screen, rxvt, dtterm or
-					iris-ansi; also on when running Vim in
-					a DOS console)
+'ttyfast' 'tf'		boolean	(default on)
 			global
 	Indicates a fast terminal connection.  More characters will be sent to
 	the screen for redrawing, instead of using insert/delete line
@@ -8477,6 +8580,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	line for lines that wrap.  This helps when using copy/paste with the
 	mouse in an xterm and other terminals.
 
+	The default used to be set only for some terminal names, but these
+	days nearly all terminals are fast, therefore the default is now "on".
+	If you have a slow connection you may want to set this option off,
+	e.g. depending on the host name: >
+		if hostname() =~ 'faraway'
+		   set nottyfast
+		endif
+<
 						*'ttymouse'* *'ttym'*
 'ttymouse' 'ttym'	string	(default depends on 'term')
 			global

runtime/doc/os_haiku.txt

@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ features you can enable/disable.
 
 Haiku uses "ncurses6" as its terminal library, therefore you need to have
 "ncurses6_devel" package installed from HaikuDepot in order to configure
-the Haiku build.  Just append "--with-tlib=ncurses6" to ./configure command
+the Haiku build.  Just append "--with-tlib=ncurses" to ./configure command.
 
 Now you should use "make" to compile Vim, then "make install" to install it.
 For seamless integration into Haiku, the GUI-less vim binary should be
@@ -56,12 +56,14 @@ additionally installed over the GUI version.  Typical build commands are:
   ./configure --prefix=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY` \
     --datarootdir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DATA_DIRECTORY` \
     --mandir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`/documentation/man \
+    --with-tlib=ncurses
   make clean
   make install
 
   ./configure --prefix=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`  \
     --datarootdir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DATA_DIRECTORY` \
     --mandir=`finddir B_SYSTEM_NONPACKAGED_DIRECTORY`/documentation/man \
+    --with-tlib=ncurses \
     --disable-gui
   make clean
   make install
@@ -93,7 +95,7 @@ The default value for $VIM is set at compile time and can be determined with:
 
   :version
 
-The normal value is /boot/system/data/vim for Haikuports version, 
+The normal value is /boot/system/data/vim for Haikuports version,
 /boot/system/non-packaged/data/vim for manual builds.  If you don't like it
 you can set the VIM environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile'
 in your .vimrc: >
@@ -221,11 +223,11 @@ Thank you, all!
 
 
 14. Bugs & to-do					*haiku-bugs*
- 
+
 The port is under development now and far away from the perfect state. For bug
 reports, patches and wishes, please use the Vim mailing list or Vim Github
 repository.
- 
+
 Mailing list: https://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 Vim Github repository: https://github.com/vim/vim
 

runtime/doc/os_unix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_unix.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*os_unix.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -28,10 +28,11 @@ system() is used, which is a bit slower.  The output of ":version" includes
 can be changed at compile time.
 (For forking of the GUI version see |gui-fork|.)
 
-Because terminal updating under Unix is often slow (e.g. serial line
-terminal, shell window in suntools), the 'showcmd' and 'ruler' options
-are off by default.  If you have a fast terminal, try setting them on.  You
-might also want to set 'ttyfast'.
+For historic reasons terminal updating under Unix is expected to be slow (e.g.
+serial line terminal, shell window in suntools), the 'showcmd' and 'ruler'
+options are off by default.  If you have a fast terminal, try setting them
+on: >
+	set showcmd ruler
 
 When using Vim in an xterm the mouse clicks can be used by Vim by setting
 'mouse' to "a".  If there is access to an X-server gui style copy/paste will

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Jan 04
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -331,10 +331,10 @@ features, it is worth to choose non GUI executables.
 8.1 Backspace/delete
 
 There are backspace/delete key inconsistencies with VMS.
-:fixdel doesn't do the trick, but the solution is: >
+:fixdel doesn't do the trick, but the solution is (without "<" in 'cpo'): >
 
-	:inoremap ^? ^H		" for terminal mode
-	:inoremap <Del> ^H	" for gui mode
+	:inoremap <C-?> <C-H>	" for terminal mode
+	:inoremap <Del> <C-H>	" for gui mode
 
 Read more in ch: 8.6 (Terminal problems).
 (Bruce Hunsaker <BNHunsaker@chq.byu.edu> Vim 5.3)
@@ -458,18 +458,11 @@ Ins, Del buttons etc., except Backspace in GUI mode.  To solve it, add to
 
 Vim will also recognize that they are fast terminals.
 
-If you have some annoying line jumping on the screen between windows add to
-your .vimrc file: >
-
-	set ttyfast	" set fast terminal
-
-Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through a very slow connection, it's
-recommended to avoid the fast terminal option with: >
+If you're using Vim on remote host or through a very slow connection, you
+might want to reset fast terminal option with: >
 
 	set nottyfast   " set terminal to slow mode
 
-(Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 5.6)
-
 
 8.7 Hex-editing and other external tools
 

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Mar 04
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -134,6 +134,11 @@ gD			Goto global Declaration.  When the cursor is on a
 CTRL-C			Interrupt current (search) command.  Use CTRL-Break on
 			MS-Windows |dos-CTRL-Break|.
 			In Normal mode, any pending command is aborted.
+			When Vim was started with output redirected and there
+			are no changed buffers CTRL-C exits Vim.  That is to
+			help users who use "vim file | grep word" and don't
+			know how to get out (blindly typing :qa<CR> would
+			work).
 
 							*:noh* *:nohlsearch*
 :noh[lsearch]		Stop the highlighting for the 'hlsearch' option.  It

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2020 Jan 07
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
@@ -80,25 +80,25 @@ Copyright 2005-2017:					*tar-copyright*
 
    These options are variables that one may change, typically in one's
    <.vimrc> file.
-                         Default
-   Variable               Value   Explanation
-   *g:tar_browseoptions*  "Ptf"   used to get a list of contents
-   *g:tar_readoptions*    "OPxf"  used to extract a file from a tarball
-   *g:tar_cmd*            "tar"   the name of the tar program
-   *g:tar_nomax*            0     if true, file window will not be maximized
-   *g:tar_secure*         undef   if exists:
+			 Default
+   Variable		  Value   Explanation
+   *g:tar_browseoptions*    "Ptf"   used to get a list of contents
+   *g:tar_readoptions*	  "OPxf"  used to extract a file from a tarball
+   *g:tar_cmd*		  "tar"   the name of the tar program
+   *g:tar_nomax*	    0	  if true, file window will not be maximized
+   *g:tar_secure*	  undef   if exists:
 					"--"s will be used to prevent unwanted
 					option expansion in tar commands.
 					Please be sure that your tar command
 					accepts "--"; Posix compliant tar
 					utilities do accept them.
 				  if not exists:
-				  	The tar plugin will reject any tar
+					The tar plugin will reject any tar
 					files or member files that begin with
 					"-"
 				  Not all tar's support the "--" which is why
 				  it isn't default.
-   *g:tar_writeoptions*   "uf"    used to update/replace a file
+   *g:tar_writeoptions*	  "uf"    used to update/replace a file
 
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Nov 08
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 
    OPTIONS~
 
-   							*g:zip_nomax*
+							*g:zip_nomax*
 
    If this variable exists and is true, the file window will not be
    automatically maximized when opened.
@@ -54,21 +54,21 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
    under Windows (").  If you'd rather have no quotes, simply set
    g:zip_shq to the empty string (let g:zip_shq= "") in your <.vimrc>.
 
-   							*g:zip_unzipcmd*
+							*g:zip_unzipcmd*
    Use this option to specify the program which does the duty of "unzip".
    It's used during browsing. By default: >
-   	let g:zip_unzipcmd= "unzip"
+	let g:zip_unzipcmd= "unzip"
 <
 							*g:zip_zipcmd*
    Use this option to specify the program which does the duty of "zip".
    It's used during the writing (updating) of a file already in a zip
    file; by default: >
-   	let g:zip_zipcmd= "zip"
+	let g:zip_zipcmd= "zip"
 <
 							*g:zip_extractcmd*
    This option specifies the program (and any options needed) used to
    extract a file from a zip archive.  By default, >
-   	let g:zip_extractcmd= g:zip_unzipcmd
+	let g:zip_extractcmd= g:zip_unzipcmd
 <
    PREVENTING LOADING~
 
@@ -103,14 +103,14 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 ==============================================================================
 4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
    v32 Oct 22, 2021 * to avoid an issue with a vim 8.2 patch, zipfile: has
-   		      been changed to zipfile:// . This often shows up
+		      been changed to zipfile:// . This often shows up
 		      as zipfile:/// with zipped files that are root-based.
    v29 Apr 02, 2017 * (Klartext) reported that an encrypted zip file could
-   		      opened but the swapfile held unencrypted contents.
+		      opened but the swapfile held unencrypted contents.
 		      The solution is to edit the contents of a zip file
 		      using the |:noswapfile| modifier.
    v28 Oct 08, 2014 * changed the sanity checks for executables to reflect
-   		      the command actually to be attempted in zip#Read()
+		      the command actually to be attempted in zip#Read()
 		      and zip#Write()
 		    * added the extraction of a file capability
        Nov 30, 2015 * added *.epub to the |g:zipPlugin_ext| list

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 16
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -347,6 +347,12 @@ popup_filter_yesno({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_yesno()*
 		See the example here: |popup_dialog-example|
 
 
+popup_findecho()					*popup_findecho()*
+		Get the |window-ID| for the popup that shows messages for the
+		`:echowindow` command.  Return zero if there is none.
+		Mainly useful to hide the popup.
+
+
 popup_findinfo()					*popup_findinfo()*
 		Get the |window-ID| for the popup info window, as it used by
 		the popup menu.  See |complete-popup|.  The info popup is
@@ -360,7 +366,6 @@ popup_findpreview()					*popup_findpreview()*
 		Get the |window-ID| for the popup preview window.
 		Return zero if there is none.
 
-
 popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 		Return the {options} for popup {id} in a Dict.
 		A zero value means the option was not set.  For "zindex" the

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*print.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jan 23
+*print.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -158,13 +158,16 @@ currently specified printdevice: >
 If you change this option, using a function is an easy way to avoid having to
 escape all the spaces.  Example: >
 
-	:set printexpr=PrintFile(v:fname_in)
-	:function PrintFile(fname)
-	:  call system("ghostview " .. a:fname)
-	:  call delete(a:fname)
+	:set printexpr=PrintFile()
+	:function PrintFile()
+	:  call system("ghostview " .. v:fname_in)
+	:  call delete(v:fname_in)
 	:  return v:shell_error
 	:endfunc
 
+It is more efficient if the option is set to just a function call,
+see |expr-option-function|.
+
 Be aware that some print programs return control before they have read the
 file.  If you delete the file too soon it will not be printed.  These programs
 usually offer an option to have them remove the file when printing is done.

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Feb 22
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ You can parse a list of lines using 'errorformat' without creating or
 modifying a quickfix list using the |getqflist()| function. Examples: >
 	echo getqflist({'lines' : ["F1:10:Line10", "F2:20:Line20"]})
 	echo getqflist({'lines' : systemlist('grep -Hn quickfix *')})
-This returns a dictionary where the 'items' key contains the list of quickfix
+This returns a dictionary where the "items" key contains the list of quickfix
 entries parsed from lines. The following shows how to use a custom
 'errorformat' to parse the lines without modifying the 'errorformat' option: >
 	echo getqflist({'efm' : '%f#%l#%m', 'lines' : ['F1#10#Line']})
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ can go back to the unfiltered list using the |:colder|/|:lolder| command.
 			quickfix command or function, the |b:changedtick|
 			variable is incremented.  You can get the number of
 			this buffer using the getqflist() and getloclist()
-			functions by passing the 'qfbufnr' item. For a
+			functions by passing the "qfbufnr" item. For a
 			location list, this buffer is wiped out when the
 			location list is removed.
 
@@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ The function should return a single line of text to display in the quickfix
 window for each entry from start_idx to end_idx. The function can obtain
 information about the entries using the |getqflist()| function and specifying
 the quickfix list identifier "id". For a location list, getloclist() function
-can be used with the 'winid' argument. If an empty list is returned, then the
+can be used with the "winid" argument. If an empty list is returned, then the
 default format is used to display all the entries. If an item in the returned
 list is an empty string, then the default format is used to display the
 corresponding entry.

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 14
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -689,6 +689,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'edcompatible'	  'ed'	    toggle flags of ":substitute" command
 'emoji'		  'emo'	    emoji characters are considered full width
 'encoding'	  'enc'     encoding used internally
+'endoffile'	  'eof'     write CTRL-Z at end of the file
 'endofline'	  'eol'     write <EOL> for last line in file
 'equalalways'	  'ea'	    windows are automatically made the same size
 'equalprg'	  'ep'	    external program to use for "=" command
@@ -774,6 +775,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'key'			    encryption key
 'keymap'	  'kmp'     name of a keyboard mapping
 'keymodel'	  'km'	    enable starting/stopping selection with keys
+'keyprotocol'	  'kpc'	    what keyboard protocol to use for what terminal
 'keywordprg'	  'kp'	    program to use for the "K" command
 'langmap'	  'lmap'    alphabetic characters for other language mode
 'langmenu'	  'lm'	    language to be used for the menus
@@ -785,6 +787,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'lines'			    number of lines in the display
 'linespace'	  'lsp'     number of pixel lines to use between characters
 'lisp'			    automatic indenting for Lisp
+'lispoptions'	  'lop'     changes how Lisp indenting is done
 'lispwords'	  'lw'	    words that change how lisp indenting works
 'list'			    show <Tab> and <EOL>
 'listchars'	  'lcs'     characters for displaying in list mode
@@ -910,6 +913,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'smartcase'	  'scs'     no ignore case when pattern has uppercase
 'smartindent'	  'si'	    smart autoindenting for C programs
 'smarttab'	  'sta'     use 'shiftwidth' when inserting <Tab>
+'smoothscroll'	  'sms'     scroll by screen lines when 'wrap' is set
 'softtabstop'	  'sts'     number of spaces that <Tab> uses while editing
 'spell'			    enable spell checking
 'spellcapcheck'   'spc'     pattern to locate end of a sentence
@@ -918,8 +922,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'spelloptions'	  'spo'     options for spell checking
 'spellsuggest'	  'sps'     method(s) used to suggest spelling corrections
 'splitbelow'	  'sb'	    new window from split is below the current one
+'splitkeep'	  'spk'     determines scroll behavior for split windows
 'splitright'	  'spr'     new window is put right of the current one
-'splitscroll'	  'spsc'    determines scroll behavior for split windows
 'startofline'	  'sol'     commands move cursor to first non-blank in line
 'statusline'	  'stl'     custom format for the status line
 'suffixes'	  'su'	    suffixes that are ignored with multiple match

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 18
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -92,7 +92,8 @@ pattern and do not match another pattern: >
 This first finds all lines containing "found", but only executes {cmd} when
 there is no match for "notfound".
 
-To execute a non-Ex command, you can use the `:normal` command: >
+Any Ex command can be used, see |ex-cmd-index|.  To execute a Normal mode
+command, you can use the `:normal` command: >
 	:g/pat/normal {commands}
 Make sure that {commands} ends with a whole command, otherwise Vim will wait
 for you to type the rest of the command for each match.  The screen will not
@@ -200,7 +201,8 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 							*:source-range*
 :[range]so[urce] [++clear]
 			Read Ex commands from the [range] of lines in the
-			current buffer.
+			current buffer.  When [range] is omitted read all
+			lines.
 
 			When sourcing commands from the current buffer, the
 			same script-ID |<SID>| is used even if the buffer is
@@ -626,6 +628,11 @@ When Vim starts up, after processing your .vimrc, it scans all directories in
 directories are added to 'runtimepath'.  Then all the plugins are loaded.
 See |packload-two-steps| for how these two steps can be useful.
 
+To allow for calling into package functionality while parsing your .vimrc,
+|:colorscheme| and |autoload| will both automatically search under 'packpath'
+as well in addition to 'runtimepath'.  See the documentation for each for
+details.
+
 In the example Vim will find "pack/foo/start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim" and adds
 "~/.vim/pack/foo/start/foobar" to 'runtimepath'.
 
@@ -904,6 +911,11 @@ executed like a normal Ex command, "step" will stop once in the compiled
 context, where local variables can be inspected, and once just before
 executing the command.
 
+In a :def function variables that haven't been declared yet cannot be
+inspected.  Variables that have been declared can be inspected, also when the
+block they were declared in has finished.  In commands this would not be
+possible, thus is slightly misleading (but can be useful).
+
 The backtrace shows the hierarchy of function calls, e.g.:
 	>bt ~
 	  3 function One[3] ~

runtime/doc/rileft.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*rileft.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 03
+*rileft.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Avner Lottem
@@ -35,6 +35,11 @@ encoded for every character (or group of characters) are not supported either
 as this kind of support is out of the scope of a simple addition to an
 existing editor (and it's not sanctioned by Unicode either).
 
+As many people working on the code do not use the right-to-left mode, this
+feature may not work in some situations.  If you can describe what is wrong
+and how it would work when fixed, please create an issue on github, see
+|bug-reports|.
+
 
 Highlights
 ----------

runtime/doc/scroll.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 07
+*scroll.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -280,6 +280,17 @@ You can also use Alt and Ctrl modifiers.
 
 This only works when Vim gets the scroll wheel events, of course.  You can
 check if this works with the "xev" program.
+							*mouse-scrolling-off*
+If you do not want the mouse to cause scrolling (e.g. because resting your
+palm on the touchpad causes scroll events), you can disable that with: >
+	:map <ScrollWheelDown> <Nop>
+	:map! <ScrollWheelDown> <Nop>
+	:map <ScrollWheelUp> <Nop>
+	:map! <ScrollWheelUp> <Nop>
+	:map <ScrollWheelLeft> <Nop>
+	:map! <ScrollWheelLeft> <Nop>
+	:map <ScrollWheelRight> <Nop>
+	:map! <ScrollWheelRight> <Nop>
 
 When using XFree86, the /etc/XF86Config file should have the correct entry for
 your mouse.  For FreeBSD, this entry works for a Logitech scrollmouse: >

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1008,8 +1008,8 @@ Note: even when using "num" or "long" the number of flags available to
 compounding and prefixes is limited to about 250.
 
 
-AFFIXES
-					    *spell-PFX* *spell-SFX*
+AFFIXES						*spell-PFX* *spell-SFX*
+
 The usual PFX (prefix) and SFX (suffix) lines are supported (see the Myspell
 documentation or the Aspell manual:
 http://aspell.net/man-html/Affix-Compression.html).

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 14
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		Start logging and write entries to {filename}.
 		This works like calling `ch_logfile({filename}, 'ao')` very
 		early during startup.
-		{only available with the |+channel| feature}
+		{only available with the |+eval| feature}
 
 							*-D*
 -D		Debugging.  Go to debugging mode when executing the first

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 10
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ Force to omit the line numbers: >
 Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
    :unlet g:html_number_lines
 <
-                                                             *g:html_line_ids*
+							*g:html_line_ids*
 Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
 When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
 inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
@@ -692,6 +692,22 @@ the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
 >
    :let g:html_no_pre = 1
 <
+							       *g:html_no_doc*
+Default: 0.
+When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
+<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
+define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
+settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
+
+
+							     *g:html_no_links*
+Default: 0.
+Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
+
+							  *g:html_no_modeline*
+Default: 0.
+Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
+
 							  *g:html_expand_tabs*
 Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
 	       and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
@@ -1872,6 +1888,16 @@ following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
 Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
 the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
 
+							*html-folding*
+The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
+and end tags.  This can be turned on by >
+
+	:let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
+	:set foldmethod=syntax
+
+Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
+especially for large files.
+
 
 HTML/OS (by Aestiva)				*htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
 
@@ -2400,7 +2426,7 @@ you set the variable: >
 
 	:let papp_include_html=1
 
-in your startup file it will try to syntax-hilight html code inside phtml
+in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
 sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
 edit sensibly. ;)
 
@@ -2932,7 +2958,7 @@ Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
 
 You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
 
-        :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
+	:let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
 <
 The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
 
@@ -2940,22 +2966,22 @@ The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
     --------  ------------------------------------- ~
     ALL        Most block syntax (default)
     NONE       Nothing
-    if         "if" or "unless" block
+    if	       "if" or "unless" block
     def        "def" block
     class      "class" block
     module     "module" block
-    do         "do" block
+    do	       "do" block
     begin      "begin" block
     case       "case" block
     for        "for", "while", "until" loops
-    {          Curly bracket block or hash literal
-    [          Array literal
-    %          Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
-    /          Regexp
+    {	       Curly bracket block or hash literal
+    [	       Array literal
+    %	       Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
+    /	       Regexp
     string     String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
-    :          Symbol
-    #          Multiline comment
-    <<         Here documents
+    :	       Symbol
+    #	       Multiline comment
+    <<	       Here documents
     __END__    Source code after "__END__" directive
 
 						*ruby_no_expensive*
@@ -3021,16 +3047,25 @@ satisfied with it for my own projects.
 SED						*sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
 
 To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
-highlighting on the tabs), define "highlight_sedtabs" by putting >
-
-	:let highlight_sedtabs = 1
+highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
 
+	:let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
+<
 in the vimrc file.  (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
 inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
 by an Append/Change/Insert command.)  If you enable this option, it is
 also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
 you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
 
+GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line.  BSD sed only allows
+comments where "#" is the first character of the line.  To enforce BSD-style
+comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
+
+	:let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
+<
+Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
+not (yet) affected by this setting.
+
 Bugs:
 
   The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
@@ -3153,7 +3188,7 @@ The default is to use the twice sh_minlines.  Set it to a smaller number to
 speed up displaying.  The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
 
 syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
-extra ']'s, 'done's, 'fi's, etc.  If you find the error handling problematic
+unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc.  If you find the error handling problematic
 for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
 the following line in your .vimrc: >
 
@@ -3586,6 +3621,14 @@ highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
 <
 
 
+WDL							*wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
+
+The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
+with a human-readable and writeable syntax.  This is used a lot in
+bioinformatics.  More info on the spec can be found here:
+https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
+
+
 XF86CONFIG				*xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
 
 The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x.  Both
@@ -3793,7 +3836,7 @@ SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING				*:syn-iskeyword*
 
 	clear:		Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
 			buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
-	{option}        Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
+	{option}       	Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
 
 	Example: >
   :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
@@ -4866,7 +4909,7 @@ is mostly used, because it looks better.
 In the next section you can find information about indivisual highlight groups
 and how to specify colors for them.  Most likely you want to just select a set
 of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
-	
+
 	    colorscheme pablo
 <
 						*:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
@@ -4918,7 +4961,7 @@ Change a couple more colors: >
 	augroup my_colorschemes
 	  au!
 	  au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
-		      \ | higlight Special ctermfg=63
+		      \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
 		      \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
 	augroup END
 
@@ -5271,7 +5314,7 @@ guisp={color-name}					*highlight-guisp*
 		"gg"	is the Green value
 		"bb"	is the Blue value
 	All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff".  Examples: >
-            :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
+	    :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
 <
 	If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
 	repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
@@ -5361,25 +5404,26 @@ LineNrBelow	Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
 							*hl-CursorLineNr*
 CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
 		contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
-							*hl-CursorLineSign*
-CursorLineSign	Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
 							*hl-CursorLineFold*
 CursorLineFold	Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
+							*hl-CursorLineSign*
+CursorLineSign	Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
 							*hl-MatchParen*
 MatchParen	Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
 		is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
 							*hl-MessageWindow*
-MessageWindow	Messages popup window used when 'cmdheight' is zero.  If not
-		defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
+MessageWindow	Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`.  If not defined
+		|hl-WarningMsg| is used.
 							*hl-ModeMsg*
 ModeMsg		'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
 							*hl-MoreMsg*
 MoreMsg		|more-prompt|
 							*hl-NonText*
-NonText		'@' at the end of the window, characters from 'showbreak'
-		and other characters that do not really exist in the text
-		(e.g., ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't
-		fit at the end of the line).
+NonText		'@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
+		for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
+		characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
+		">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
+		end of the line.
 							*hl-Normal*
 Normal		Normal text.
 							*hl-Pmenu*

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -231,7 +231,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'emoji'	options.txt	/*'emoji'*
 'enc'	options.txt	/*'enc'*
 'encoding'	options.txt	/*'encoding'*
+'endoffile'	options.txt	/*'endoffile'*
 'endofline'	options.txt	/*'endofline'*
+'eof'	options.txt	/*'eof'*
 'eol'	options.txt	/*'eol'*
 'ep'	options.txt	/*'ep'*
 'equalalways'	options.txt	/*'equalalways'*
@@ -302,6 +304,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'fs'	options.txt	/*'fs'*
 'fsync'	options.txt	/*'fsync'*
 'ft'	options.txt	/*'ft'*
+'g:context_extra_options'	ft_context.txt	/*'g:context_extra_options'*
 'g:context_ignore_makefile'	ft_context.txt	/*'g:context_ignore_makefile'*
 'g:context_include'	ft_context.txt	/*'g:context_include'*
 'g:mf_other_macros'	ft_mp.txt	/*'g:mf_other_macros'*
@@ -434,10 +437,12 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'key'	options.txt	/*'key'*
 'keymap'	options.txt	/*'keymap'*
 'keymodel'	options.txt	/*'keymodel'*
+'keyprotocol'	options.txt	/*'keyprotocol'*
 'keywordprg'	options.txt	/*'keywordprg'*
 'km'	options.txt	/*'km'*
 'kmp'	options.txt	/*'kmp'*
 'kp'	options.txt	/*'kp'*
+'kpc'	options.txt	/*'kpc'*
 'langmap'	options.txt	/*'langmap'*
 'langmenu'	options.txt	/*'langmenu'*
 'langnoremap'	options.txt	/*'langnoremap'*
@@ -450,6 +455,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'lines'	options.txt	/*'lines'*
 'linespace'	options.txt	/*'linespace'*
 'lisp'	options.txt	/*'lisp'*
+'lispoptions'	options.txt	/*'lispoptions'*
 'lispwords'	options.txt	/*'lispwords'*
 'list'	options.txt	/*'list'*
 'listchars'	options.txt	/*'listchars'*
@@ -457,6 +463,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'lmap'	options.txt	/*'lmap'*
 'lnr'	options.txt	/*'lnr'*
 'loadplugins'	options.txt	/*'loadplugins'*
+'lop'	options.txt	/*'lop'*
 'lpl'	options.txt	/*'lpl'*
 'lrm'	options.txt	/*'lrm'*
 'ls'	options.txt	/*'ls'*
@@ -595,7 +602,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'noek'	options.txt	/*'noek'*
 'noemo'	options.txt	/*'noemo'*
 'noemoji'	options.txt	/*'noemoji'*
+'noendoffile'	options.txt	/*'noendoffile'*
 'noendofline'	options.txt	/*'noendofline'*
+'noeof'	options.txt	/*'noeof'*
 'noeol'	options.txt	/*'noeol'*
 'noequalalways'	options.txt	/*'noequalalways'*
 'noerrorbells'	options.txt	/*'noerrorbells'*
@@ -713,14 +722,14 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'nosmartindent'	options.txt	/*'nosmartindent'*
 'nosmarttab'	options.txt	/*'nosmarttab'*
 'nosmd'	options.txt	/*'nosmd'*
+'nosmoothscroll'	options.txt	/*'nosmoothscroll'*
+'nosms'	options.txt	/*'nosms'*
 'nosn'	options.txt	/*'nosn'*
 'nosol'	options.txt	/*'nosol'*
 'nospell'	options.txt	/*'nospell'*
 'nosplitbelow'	options.txt	/*'nosplitbelow'*
 'nosplitright'	options.txt	/*'nosplitright'*
-'nosplitscroll'	options.txt	/*'nosplitscroll'*
 'nospr'	options.txt	/*'nospr'*
-'nospsc'	options.txt	/*'nospsc'*
 'nosr'	options.txt	/*'nosr'*
 'nossl'	options.txt	/*'nossl'*
 'nosta'	options.txt	/*'nosta'*
@@ -937,6 +946,8 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'smarttab'	options.txt	/*'smarttab'*
 'smc'	options.txt	/*'smc'*
 'smd'	options.txt	/*'smd'*
+'smoothscroll'	options.txt	/*'smoothscroll'*
+'sms'	options.txt	/*'sms'*
 'sn'	options.txt	/*'sn'*
 'so'	options.txt	/*'so'*
 'softtabstop'	options.txt	/*'softtabstop'*
@@ -951,14 +962,14 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'spelloptions'	options.txt	/*'spelloptions'*
 'spellsuggest'	options.txt	/*'spellsuggest'*
 'spf'	options.txt	/*'spf'*
+'spk'	options.txt	/*'spk'*
 'spl'	options.txt	/*'spl'*
 'splitbelow'	options.txt	/*'splitbelow'*
+'splitkeep'	options.txt	/*'splitkeep'*
 'splitright'	options.txt	/*'splitright'*
-'splitscroll'	options.txt	/*'splitscroll'*
 'spo'	options.txt	/*'spo'*
 'spr'	options.txt	/*'spr'*
 'sps'	options.txt	/*'sps'*
-'spsc'	options.txt	/*'spsc'*
 'sr'	options.txt	/*'sr'*
 'srr'	options.txt	/*'srr'*
 'ss'	options.txt	/*'ss'*
@@ -1050,6 +1061,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 't_RC'	term.txt	/*'t_RC'*
 't_RF'	term.txt	/*'t_RF'*
 't_RI'	term.txt	/*'t_RI'*
+'t_RK'	term.txt	/*'t_RK'*
 't_RS'	term.txt	/*'t_RS'*
 't_RT'	term.txt	/*'t_RT'*
 't_RV'	term.txt	/*'t_RV'*
@@ -2153,7 +2165,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :abclear	map.txt	/*:abclear*
 :abo	windows.txt	/*:abo*
 :aboveleft	windows.txt	/*:aboveleft*
-:abstract	vim9.txt	/*:abstract*
+:abstract	vim9class.txt	/*:abstract*
 :addd	quickfix.txt	/*:addd*
 :al	windows.txt	/*:al*
 :all	windows.txt	/*:all*
@@ -2313,7 +2325,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :chistory	quickfix.txt	/*:chistory*
 :cl	quickfix.txt	/*:cl*
 :cla	quickfix.txt	/*:cla*
-:class	vim9.txt	/*:class*
+:class	vim9class.txt	/*:class*
 :clast	quickfix.txt	/*:clast*
 :cle	motion.txt	/*:cle*
 :clearjumps	motion.txt	/*:clearjumps*
@@ -2490,15 +2502,15 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :emenu	gui.txt	/*:emenu*
 :en	eval.txt	/*:en*
 :end	eval.txt	/*:end*
-:endclass	vim9.txt	/*:endclass*
+:endclass	vim9class.txt	/*:endclass*
 :enddef	vim9.txt	/*:enddef*
-:endenum	vim9.txt	/*:endenum*
+:endenum	vim9class.txt	/*:endenum*
 :endf	userfunc.txt	/*:endf*
 :endfo	eval.txt	/*:endfo*
 :endfor	eval.txt	/*:endfor*
 :endfunction	userfunc.txt	/*:endfunction*
 :endif	eval.txt	/*:endif*
-:endinterface	vim9.txt	/*:endinterface*
+:endinterface	vim9class.txt	/*:endinterface*
 :endt	eval.txt	/*:endt*
 :endtry	eval.txt	/*:endtry*
 :endw	eval.txt	/*:endw*
@@ -2507,7 +2519,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :ene!	editing.txt	/*:ene!*
 :enew	editing.txt	/*:enew*
 :enew!	editing.txt	/*:enew!*
-:enum	vim9.txt	/*:enum*
+:enum	vim9class.txt	/*:enum*
 :eval	eval.txt	/*:eval*
 :ex	editing.txt	/*:ex*
 :exe	eval.txt	/*:exe*
@@ -2637,7 +2649,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :inoreme	gui.txt	/*:inoreme*
 :inoremenu	gui.txt	/*:inoremenu*
 :insert	insert.txt	/*:insert*
-:interface	vim9.txt	/*:interface*
+:interface	vim9class.txt	/*:interface*
 :intro	starting.txt	/*:intro*
 :is	tagsrch.txt	/*:is*
 :isearch	tagsrch.txt	/*:isearch*
@@ -3033,6 +3045,9 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :r!	insert.txt	/*:r!*
 :range	cmdline.txt	/*:range*
 :range!	change.txt	/*:range!*
+:range-closed-fold	cmdline.txt	/*:range-closed-fold*
+:range-offset	cmdline.txt	/*:range-offset*
+:range-pattern	cmdline.txt	/*:range-pattern*
 :re	insert.txt	/*:re*
 :read	insert.txt	/*:read*
 :read!	insert.txt	/*:read!*
@@ -3271,7 +3286,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :startgreplace	insert.txt	/*:startgreplace*
 :startinsert	insert.txt	/*:startinsert*
 :startreplace	insert.txt	/*:startreplace*
-:static	vim9.txt	/*:static*
+:static	vim9class.txt	/*:static*
 :stj	tagsrch.txt	/*:stj*
 :stjump	tagsrch.txt	/*:stjump*
 :stop	starting.txt	/*:stop*
@@ -3449,7 +3464,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :tunma	map.txt	/*:tunma*
 :tunmap	map.txt	/*:tunmap*
 :tunmenu	gui.txt	/*:tunmenu*
-:type	vim9.txt	/*:type*
+:type	vim9class.txt	/*:type*
 :u	undo.txt	/*:u*
 :un	undo.txt	/*:un*
 :una	map.txt	/*:una*
@@ -4343,7 +4358,16 @@ E1302	eval.txt	/*E1302*
 E1303	map.txt	/*E1303*
 E1304	vim9.txt	/*E1304*
 E1305	textprop.txt	/*E1305*
+E1306	vim9.txt	/*E1306*
+E1307	vim9.txt	/*E1307*
+E1308	builtin.txt	/*E1308*
+E1309	map.txt	/*E1309*
 E131	userfunc.txt	/*E131*
+E1310	gui.txt	/*E1310*
+E1311	map.txt	/*E1311*
+E1312	windows.txt	/*E1312*
+E1313	eval.txt	/*E1313*
+E1314	vim9class.txt	/*E1314*
 E132	userfunc.txt	/*E132*
 E133	userfunc.txt	/*E133*
 E134	change.txt	/*E134*
@@ -5543,6 +5567,7 @@ TerminalWinOpen	autocmd.txt	/*TerminalWinOpen*
 TextChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TextChanged*
 TextChangedI	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedI*
 TextChangedP	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedP*
+TextChangedT	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedT*
 TextYankPost	autocmd.txt	/*TextYankPost*
 Transact-SQL	ft_sql.txt	/*Transact-SQL*
 U	undo.txt	/*U*
@@ -5561,7 +5586,14 @@ VMS	os_vms.txt	/*VMS*
 Vi	intro.txt	/*Vi*
 View	starting.txt	/*View*
 Vim9	vim9.txt	/*Vim9*
+Vim9-abstract-class	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-abstract-class*
+Vim9-class	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-class*
+Vim9-class-overview	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-class-overview*
+Vim9-enum	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-enum*
 Vim9-script	vim9.txt	/*Vim9-script*
+Vim9-simple-class	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-simple-class*
+Vim9-type	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-type*
+Vim9-using-interface	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-using-interface*
 VimEnter	autocmd.txt	/*VimEnter*
 VimLeave	autocmd.txt	/*VimLeave*
 VimLeavePre	autocmd.txt	/*VimLeavePre*
@@ -5570,7 +5602,6 @@ VimResume	autocmd.txt	/*VimResume*
 VimSuspend	autocmd.txt	/*VimSuspend*
 Vimball-copyright	pi_vimball.txt	/*Vimball-copyright*
 Virtual-Replace-mode	insert.txt	/*Virtual-Replace-mode*
-VisVim	if_ole.txt	/*VisVim*
 Visual	visual.txt	/*Visual*
 Visual-mode	visual.txt	/*Visual-mode*
 W	motion.txt	/*W*
@@ -5596,7 +5627,10 @@ WinClosed	autocmd.txt	/*WinClosed*
 WinEnter	autocmd.txt	/*WinEnter*
 WinLeave	autocmd.txt	/*WinLeave*
 WinNew	autocmd.txt	/*WinNew*
+WinResized	autocmd.txt	/*WinResized*
+WinResized-event	windows.txt	/*WinResized-event*
 WinScrolled	autocmd.txt	/*WinScrolled*
+WinScrolled-event	windows.txt	/*WinScrolled-event*
 X	change.txt	/*X*
 X11	options.txt	/*X11*
 X11-icon	gui_x11.txt	/*X11-icon*
@@ -6230,6 +6264,8 @@ cino-w	indent.txt	/*cino-w*
 cino-{	indent.txt	/*cino-{*
 cino-}	indent.txt	/*cino-}*
 cinoptions-values	indent.txt	/*cinoptions-values*
+class-member	vim9class.txt	/*class-member*
+class-method	vim9class.txt	/*class-method*
 clear-undo	undo.txt	/*clear-undo*
 clearmatches()	builtin.txt	/*clearmatches()*
 client-server	remote.txt	/*client-server*
@@ -6644,6 +6680,7 @@ end	intro.txt	/*end*
 end-of-file	pattern.txt	/*end-of-file*
 enlightened-terminal	syntax.txt	/*enlightened-terminal*
 environ()	builtin.txt	/*environ()*
+eol-and-eof	editing.txt	/*eol-and-eof*
 erlang.vim	syntax.txt	/*erlang.vim*
 err_buf	channel.txt	/*err_buf*
 err_cb	channel.txt	/*err_cb*
@@ -6673,6 +6710,8 @@ escape()	builtin.txt	/*escape()*
 escape-bar	version4.txt	/*escape-bar*
 euphoria3.vim	syntax.txt	/*euphoria3.vim*
 euphoria4.vim	syntax.txt	/*euphoria4.vim*
+euro	digraph.txt	/*euro*
+euro-digraph	digraph.txt	/*euro-digraph*
 eval	eval.txt	/*eval*
 eval()	builtin.txt	/*eval()*
 eval-examples	eval.txt	/*eval-examples*
@@ -6775,6 +6814,7 @@ expr-lambda	eval.txt	/*expr-lambda*
 expr-nesting	eval.txt	/*expr-nesting*
 expr-number	eval.txt	/*expr-number*
 expr-option	eval.txt	/*expr-option*
+expr-option-function	vim9.txt	/*expr-option-function*
 expr-quote	eval.txt	/*expr-quote*
 expr-register	eval.txt	/*expr-register*
 expr-star	eval.txt	/*expr-star*
@@ -6799,9 +6839,11 @@ expression-syntax	eval.txt	/*expression-syntax*
 exrc	starting.txt	/*exrc*
 extend()	builtin.txt	/*extend()*
 extendnew()	builtin.txt	/*extendnew()*
+extends	vim9class.txt	/*extends*
 extension-removal	cmdline.txt	/*extension-removal*
 extensions-improvements	todo.txt	/*extensions-improvements*
 f	motion.txt	/*f*
+f-args-example	map.txt	/*f-args-example*
 false	vim9.txt	/*false*
 false-variable	eval.txt	/*false-variable*
 falsy	eval.txt	/*falsy*
@@ -6939,6 +6981,7 @@ form.vim	syntax.txt	/*form.vim*
 format-bullet-list	tips.txt	/*format-bullet-list*
 format-comments	change.txt	/*format-comments*
 format-formatexpr	change.txt	/*format-formatexpr*
+formatOtherKeys	map.txt	/*formatOtherKeys*
 formatting	change.txt	/*formatting*
 forth.vim	syntax.txt	/*forth.vim*
 fortran.vim	syntax.txt	/*fortran.vim*
@@ -7241,8 +7284,11 @@ g:html_id_expr	syntax.txt	/*g:html_id_expr*
 g:html_ignore_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_conceal*
 g:html_ignore_folding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_folding*
 g:html_line_ids	syntax.txt	/*g:html_line_ids*
+g:html_no_doc	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_doc*
 g:html_no_foldcolumn	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_foldcolumn*
 g:html_no_invalid	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_invalid*
+g:html_no_links	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_links*
+g:html_no_modeline	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_modeline*
 g:html_no_pre	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_pre*
 g:html_no_progress	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_progress*
 g:html_number_lines	syntax.txt	/*g:html_number_lines*
@@ -7399,6 +7445,7 @@ g:tex_subscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_subscripts*
 g:tex_superscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_superscripts*
 g:tex_verbspell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_verbspell*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
+g:vim_indent	indent.txt	/*g:vim_indent*
 g:vim_indent_cont	indent.txt	/*g:vim_indent_cont*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
 g:vimball_mkdir	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_mkdir*
@@ -7462,6 +7509,7 @@ get()	builtin.txt	/*get()*
 get-ms-debuggers	debug.txt	/*get-ms-debuggers*
 getbufinfo()	builtin.txt	/*getbufinfo()*
 getbufline()	builtin.txt	/*getbufline()*
+getbufoneline()	builtin.txt	/*getbufoneline()*
 getbufvar()	builtin.txt	/*getbufvar()*
 getchangelist()	builtin.txt	/*getchangelist()*
 getchar()	builtin.txt	/*getchar()*
@@ -7493,6 +7541,7 @@ getloclist()	builtin.txt	/*getloclist()*
 getmarklist()	builtin.txt	/*getmarklist()*
 getmatches()	builtin.txt	/*getmatches()*
 getmousepos()	builtin.txt	/*getmousepos()*
+getmouseshape()	builtin.txt	/*getmouseshape()*
 getpid()	builtin.txt	/*getpid()*
 getpos()	builtin.txt	/*getpos()*
 getqflist()	builtin.txt	/*getqflist()*
@@ -7813,6 +7862,7 @@ howto.txt	howto.txt	/*howto.txt*
 hpterm	term.txt	/*hpterm*
 hpterm-color	syntax.txt	/*hpterm-color*
 html-flavor	insert.txt	/*html-flavor*
+html-folding	syntax.txt	/*html-folding*
 html-indent	indent.txt	/*html-indent*
 html-indenting	indent.txt	/*html-indenting*
 html.vim	syntax.txt	/*html.vim*
@@ -7964,6 +8014,7 @@ if_sniff.txt	if_sniff.txt	/*if_sniff.txt*
 if_tcl.txt	if_tcl.txt	/*if_tcl.txt*
 ignore-errors	eval.txt	/*ignore-errors*
 ignore-timestamp	editing.txt	/*ignore-timestamp*
+implements	vim9class.txt	/*implements*
 import-autoload	vim9.txt	/*import-autoload*
 import-legacy	vim9.txt	/*import-legacy*
 import-map	vim9.txt	/*import-map*
@@ -8039,7 +8090,7 @@ interfaces-5.2	version5.txt	/*interfaces-5.2*
 internal-variables	eval.txt	/*internal-variables*
 internal-wordlist	spell.txt	/*internal-wordlist*
 internet	intro.txt	/*internet*
-interp-string	eval.txt	/*interp-string*
+interpolated-string	eval.txt	/*interpolated-string*
 interrupt()	builtin.txt	/*interrupt()*
 intro	intro.txt	/*intro*
 intro.txt	intro.txt	/*intro.txt*
@@ -8131,6 +8182,7 @@ keypad-plus	intro.txt	/*keypad-plus*
 keypad-point	intro.txt	/*keypad-point*
 keys()	builtin.txt	/*keys()*
 keytrans()	builtin.txt	/*keytrans()*
+kitty-keyboard-protocol	map.txt	/*kitty-keyboard-protocol*
 known-bugs	todo.txt	/*known-bugs*
 l	motion.txt	/*l*
 l:	eval.txt	/*l:*
@@ -8408,6 +8460,7 @@ motion-count-multiplied	motion.txt	/*motion-count-multiplied*
 motion.txt	motion.txt	/*motion.txt*
 mouse-mode-table	term.txt	/*mouse-mode-table*
 mouse-overview	term.txt	/*mouse-overview*
+mouse-scrolling-off	scroll.txt	/*mouse-scrolling-off*
 mouse-swap-buttons	term.txt	/*mouse-swap-buttons*
 mouse-using	term.txt	/*mouse-using*
 mouse_col-variable	eval.txt	/*mouse_col-variable*
@@ -9027,6 +9080,7 @@ popup_dialog()	popup.txt	/*popup_dialog()*
 popup_dialog-example	popup.txt	/*popup_dialog-example*
 popup_filter_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_filter_menu()*
 popup_filter_yesno()	popup.txt	/*popup_filter_yesno()*
+popup_findecho()	popup.txt	/*popup_findecho()*
 popup_findinfo()	popup.txt	/*popup_findinfo()*
 popup_findpreview()	popup.txt	/*popup_findpreview()*
 popup_getoptions()	popup.txt	/*popup_getoptions()*
@@ -9173,6 +9227,7 @@ pythonx	if_pyth.txt	/*pythonx*
 pythonx-directory	if_pyth.txt	/*pythonx-directory*
 pyxeval()	builtin.txt	/*pyxeval()*
 q	repeat.txt	/*q*
+q-args-example	map.txt	/*q-args-example*
 q/	cmdline.txt	/*q\/*
 q:	cmdline.txt	/*q:*
 q?	cmdline.txt	/*q?*
@@ -9546,6 +9601,7 @@ spec_chglog_format	pi_spec.txt	/*spec_chglog_format*
 spec_chglog_prepend	pi_spec.txt	/*spec_chglog_prepend*
 spec_chglog_release_info	pi_spec.txt	/*spec_chglog_release_info*
 special-buffers	windows.txt	/*special-buffers*
+specifies	vim9class.txt	/*specifies*
 speed-up	tips.txt	/*speed-up*
 spell	spell.txt	/*spell*
 spell-ACCENT	spell.txt	/*spell-ACCENT*
@@ -9760,6 +9816,7 @@ swap-file	recover.txt	/*swap-file*
 swapchoice-variable	eval.txt	/*swapchoice-variable*
 swapcommand-variable	eval.txt	/*swapcommand-variable*
 swapfile-changed	version4.txt	/*swapfile-changed*
+swapfilelist()	builtin.txt	/*swapfilelist()*
 swapinfo()	builtin.txt	/*swapinfo()*
 swapname()	builtin.txt	/*swapname()*
 swapname-variable	eval.txt	/*swapname-variable*
@@ -9870,6 +9927,7 @@ t_RB	term.txt	/*t_RB*
 t_RC	term.txt	/*t_RC*
 t_RF	term.txt	/*t_RF*
 t_RI	term.txt	/*t_RI*
+t_RK	term.txt	/*t_RK*
 t_RS	term.txt	/*t_RS*
 t_RT	term.txt	/*t_RT*
 t_RV	term.txt	/*t_RV*
@@ -10157,6 +10215,7 @@ termdebug_popup	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_popup*
 termdebug_shortcuts	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_shortcuts*
 termdebug_use_prompt	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_use_prompt*
 termdebug_wide	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_wide*
+termdebug_winbar	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_winbar*
 terminal	terminal.txt	/*terminal*
 terminal-api	terminal.txt	/*terminal-api*
 terminal-autoshelldir	terminal.txt	/*terminal-autoshelldir*
@@ -10733,6 +10792,7 @@ vim9-unpack-ignore	vim9.txt	/*vim9-unpack-ignore*
 vim9-user-command	vim9.txt	/*vim9-user-command*
 vim9-variable-arguments	vim9.txt	/*vim9-variable-arguments*
 vim9.txt	vim9.txt	/*vim9.txt*
+vim9class.txt	vim9class.txt	/*vim9class.txt*
 vim9script	vim9.txt	/*vim9script*
 vim:	options.txt	/*vim:*
 vim_announce	intro.txt	/*vim_announce*
@@ -10824,11 +10884,14 @@ w:quickfix_title	quickfix.txt	/*w:quickfix_title*
 w:var	eval.txt	/*w:var*
 waittime	channel.txt	/*waittime*
 warningmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*warningmsg-variable*
+wdl-syntax	syntax.txt	/*wdl-syntax*
+wdl.vim	syntax.txt	/*wdl.vim*
 white-space	pattern.txt	/*white-space*
 whitespace	pattern.txt	/*whitespace*
 wildcard	editing.txt	/*wildcard*
 wildcards	editing.txt	/*wildcards*
 wildmenumode()	builtin.txt	/*wildmenumode()*
+win-scrolled-resized	windows.txt	/*win-scrolled-resized*
 win16	os_win32.txt	/*win16*
 win32	os_win32.txt	/*win32*
 win32-!start	gui_w32.txt	/*win32-!start*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 23
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -90,6 +90,11 @@ Note: When 't_ti' is not empty, Vim assumes that it causes switching to the
 alternate screen.  This may slightly change what happens when executing a
 shell command or exiting Vim.  To avoid this use 't_TI' and 't_TE'.
 
+Vim will try to detect what keyboard protocol the terminal is using with the
+'t_RK' termcap entry.  This is sent after 't_TI', but only when there is no
+work to do (no typeahead and no pending commands).  That is to avoid the
+response to end up in a shell command or arrive after Vim exits.
+
 						*xterm-bracketed-paste*
 When the 't_BE' option is set then 't_BE' will be sent to the
 terminal when entering "raw" mode and 't_BD' when leaving "raw" mode.  The
@@ -388,6 +393,8 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		xterm and other terminal emulators)  The
 		response is stored in |v:termresponse| |xterm-8bit|
 		|'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+	t_RK	request terminal keyboard protocol state;	*t_RK* *'t_RK'*
+		sent after |t_TI|
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
 		see |'ambiwidth'|
 		The response is stored in |v:termu7resp|
@@ -569,7 +576,7 @@ anymore.
 Vim supports using true colors in the terminal (taken from |highlight-guifg|
 and |highlight-guibg|), given that the terminal supports this. To make this
 work the 'termguicolors' option needs to be set.
-See https://gist.github.com/XVilka/8346728 for a list of terminals that
+See https://github.com/termstandard/colors for a list of terminals that
 support true colors.
 
 Sometimes setting 'termguicolors' is not enough and one has to set the |t_8f|
@@ -768,8 +775,9 @@ See the "Options" chapter |options|.
 
 If your terminal does not support a scrolling region, but it does support
 insert/delete line commands, scrolling with multiple windows may make the
-lines jump up and down.  If you don't want this set the 'ttyfast' option.
-This will redraw the window instead of scroll it.
+lines jump up and down.  This would happen if the 'ttyfast' option has been
+reset.  Check that with: >
+	verbose set ttyfast?
 
 If your terminal scrolls very slowly, but redrawing is not slow, set the
 'ttyscroll' option to a small number, e.g., 3.  This will make Vim redraw the
@@ -1005,6 +1013,8 @@ and then drag) will result in whole words to be selected.  This continues
 until the button is released, at which point the selection is per character
 again.
 
+For scrolling with the mouse see |scroll-mouse-wheel|.
+
 							*gpm-mouse*
 The GPM mouse is only supported when the |+mouse_gpm| feature was enabled at
 compile time.  The GPM mouse driver (Linux console) does not support quadruple

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 09
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -288,9 +288,8 @@ way to kill or interrupt the job.  For example: >
 
 So long as the job is running the window behaves like it contains a modified
 buffer.  Trying to close the window with `CTRL-W :quit` fails.  When using
-`CTRL-W :quit!` the job is ended.  The text in the window is lost.  The buffer
-still exists, but getting it in a window with `:buffer` will show an empty
-buffer.
+`CTRL-W :quit!` the job is ended.  The text in the window is lost, the buffer
+is deleted.  With `CTRL-W :bunload!` the buffer remains but will be empty.
 
 Trying to close the window with `CTRL-W :close` also fails.   Using
 `CTRL-W :close!` will close the window and make the buffer hidden.
@@ -470,7 +469,6 @@ ConPTY problems have been fixed "winpty" will be preferred.
 Environment variables are used to pass information to the running job:
     VIM_SERVERNAME	v:servername
 
-
 ==============================================================================
 2. Terminal functions				 *terminal-function-details*
 
@@ -1130,7 +1128,6 @@ reference: >
 
 Creating a screen dump ~
 							*terminal-screendump*
-
 To create the screen dump, run Vim (or any other program) in a terminal and
 make it show the desired state.  Then use the |term_dumpwrite()| function to
 create a screen dump file.  For example: >
@@ -1154,7 +1151,6 @@ If there are differences then v:errors will contain the error message.
 
 Comparing screen dumps ~
 						*terminal-diffscreendump*
-
 |assert_equalfile()| does not make it easy to see what is different.
 To spot the problem use |term_dumpdiff()|: >
 	call term_dumpdiff("mysyntax.dump", "test.dump")
@@ -1351,6 +1347,7 @@ If 'mouse' is set the plugin adds a window toolbar with these entries:
   Eval		`:Evaluate`
 This way you can use the mouse to perform the most common commands.  You need
 to have the 'mouse' option set to enable mouse clicks.
+See |termdebug_winbar| for configuring this toolbar.
 								*:Winbar*
 You can add the window toolbar in other windows you open with: >
   :Winbar
@@ -1416,6 +1413,20 @@ TermdebugStopPost		After debugging has ended, gdb-related windows
 				the state before the debugging was restored.
 
 
+Customizing ~
+				*termdebug-customizing* *g:termdebug_config*
+In the past several global variables were used for configuration.  These are
+deprecated and using the g:termdebug_config dictionary is preferred.  When
+g:termdebug_config exists the other global variables will NOT be used.
+The recommended way is to start with an empty dictionary: >
+	let g:termdebug_config = {}
+
+Then you can add entries to the dictionary as mentioned below.  The
+deprecated global variable names are mentioned for completeness.  If you are
+switching over to using g:termdebug_config you can find the old variable name
+and take over the value, then delete the deprecated variable.
+
+
 Prompt mode ~
 						*termdebug-prompt*
 When the |+terminal| feature is not supported and on MS-Windows, gdb will run
@@ -1431,13 +1442,13 @@ in a buffer with 'buftype' set to "prompt".  This works slightly differently:
 						*termdebug_use_prompt*
 Prompt mode can be used even when the |+terminal| feature is present with: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['use_prompt'] = 1
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_use_prompt = 1
 <
 						*termdebug_map_K*
 The K key is normally mapped to :Evaluate. If you do not want this use: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['map_K'] = 0
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_map_K = 0
 <
 						*termdebug_disasm_window*
@@ -1445,7 +1456,7 @@ If you want the Asm window shown by default, set the flag to 1.
 the "disasm_window_height" entry can be used to set the window height: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['disasm_window'] = 1
 	let g:termdebug_config['disasm_window_height'] = 15
-or, if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_disasm_window = 15
 Any value greater than 1 will set the Asm window height to that value.
 
@@ -1463,25 +1474,18 @@ interrupt the running program.  But after using the MI command
 communication channel.
 
 
-Customizing ~
-				*termdebug-customizing* *g:termdebug_config*
-In the past several global variables were used for configuration.  These are
-deprecated, using the g:termdebug_config dictionary is preferred.  When
-g:termdebug_config exists the other global variables will not be used.
-
-
 GDB command ~
 							*g:termdebugger*
 To change the name of the gdb command, set "debugger" entry in
 g:termdebug_config or the "g:termdebugger" variable before invoking
 `:Termdebug`: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['command'] = "mygdb"
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebugger = "mygdb"
 
 If the command needs an argument use a List: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['command'] = ['rr', 'replay', '--']
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebugger = ['rr', 'replay', '--']
 
 Several arguments will be added to make gdb work well for the debugger.
@@ -1502,7 +1506,7 @@ Then your gdb is too old.
 
 
 Colors ~
-						*hl-debugPC* *hl-debugBreakpoint*
+					*hl-debugPC* *hl-debugBreakpoint*
 The color of the signs can be adjusted with these highlight groups:
 - debugPC		the current position
 - debugBreakpoint	a breakpoint
@@ -1518,7 +1522,6 @@ When 'background' is "dark":
 
 Shortcuts ~
 							*termdebug_shortcuts*
-
 You can define your own shortcuts (mappings) to control gdb, that can work in
 any window, using the TermDebugSendCommand() function.  Example: >
 	map ,w :call TermDebugSendCommand('where')<CR>
@@ -1527,7 +1530,6 @@ The argument is the gdb command.
 
 Popup menu ~
 							*termdebug_popup*
-
 By default the Termdebug plugin sets 'mousemodel' to "popup_setpos" and adds
 these entries to the popup menu:
 	Set breakpoint		`:Break`
@@ -1535,17 +1537,23 @@ these entries to the popup menu:
 	Evaluate		`:Evaluate`
 If you don't want this then disable it with: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['popup'] = 0
-or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_popup = 0
 
 
+Window toolbar ~
+							*termdebug_winbar*
+By default the Termdebug plugin creates a window toolbar if the mouse is
+enabled (see |:Winbar|).  If you don't want this then disable it with: >
+	let g:termdebug_config['winbar'] = 0
+
+
 Vim window width ~
 							*termdebug_wide*
-
 To change the width of the Vim window when debugging starts and use a vertical
 split: >
 	let g:termdebug_config['wide'] = 163
-Or if there is no g:termdebug_config: >
+If there is no g:termdebug_config you can use: >
 	let g:termdebug_wide = 163
 
 This will set 'columns' to 163 when `:Termdebug` is used.  The value is

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 16
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -135,9 +135,9 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		  Inject either a mouse button click, or a mouse move, event.
 		  The supported items in {args} are:
 		    button:	mouse button.  The supported values are:
-				    0	right mouse button
+				    0	left mouse button
 				    1	middle mouse button
-				    2	left mouse button
+				    2	right mouse button
 				    3	mouse button release
 				    4	scroll wheel down
 				    5	scroll wheel up

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 17
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -143,10 +143,12 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 				automatically to a negative number; otherwise
 				zero is used
 							*E1305*
-		   text		text to be displayed before {col}, or after the
-				line if {col} is zero; prepend and/or append
-				spaces for padding with highlighting; cannot
-				be used with "length", "end_lnum" and "end_col"
+		   text		text to be displayed before {col}, or
+				above/below the line if {col} is zero; prepend
+				and/or append spaces for padding with
+				highlighting; cannot be used with "length",
+				"end_lnum" and "end_col"
+				See |virtual-text| for more information.
 		   					*E1294*
 		   text_align	when "text" is present and {col} is zero;
 				specifies where to display the text:
@@ -171,6 +173,9 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 				   wrap      wrap the text to the next line
 				   truncate  truncate the text to make it fit
 		   		When omitted "truncate" is used.
+				Note that this applies to the individual text
+				property, the 'wrap' option sets the overall
+				behavior
 		All fields except "type" are optional.
 
 		It is an error when both "length" and "end_lnum" or "end_col"
@@ -191,12 +196,23 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 		If not found an error is given.
 							*virtual-text*
 		When "text" is used and the column is non-zero then this text
-		will be displayed at the start location of the text property
-		after the text.  The text of the buffer line will be shifted
-		to make room.  This is called "virtual text".
-		When the column is zero the virtual text will appear after the
-		buffer text.  The "text_align" and "text_wrap" arguments
-		determine how it is displayed.
+		will be displayed at the specified start location of the text
+		property.  The text of the buffer line will be shifted to make
+		room.  This is called "virtual text".
+		When the column is zero the virtual text will appear above,
+		after or below the buffer text.  The "text_align" and
+		"text_wrap" arguments determine how it is displayed.
+		To separate the virtual text from the buffer text prepend
+		and/or append spaces to the "text" field or use the
+		"text_padding_left" value.
+
+		Make sure to use a highlight that makes clear to the user that
+		this is virtual text, otherwise it will be very confusing that
+		the text cannot be edited.  When using "above" you need to
+		make clear this text belongs to the text line below it, when
+		using "below" you need to make sure it belongs to the text
+		line above it.
+
 		The text will be displayed but it is not part of the actual
 		buffer line, the cursor cannot be placed on it.  A mouse click
 		in the text will move the cursor to the first character after
@@ -208,17 +224,12 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 		property with "text" has been added for a buffer then using a
 		negative "id" for any other property will give an error:
 		*E1293*
-		Make sure to use a highlight that makes clear to the user that
-		this is virtual text, otherwise it will be very confusing that
-		the text cannot be edited.
-		To separate the virtual text from the buffer text prepend
-		and/or append spaces to the "text" field.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_add(col, props)
 <
 						*prop_add_list()*
-prop_add_list({props}, [[{lnum}, {col}, {end-lnum}, {end-col}], ...])
+prop_add_list({props}, [{item}, ...])
 		Similar to prop_add(), but attaches a text property at
 		multiple positions in a buffer.
 
@@ -230,12 +241,18 @@ prop_add_list({props}, [[{lnum}, {col}, {end-lnum}, {end-col}], ...])
 		   type		name of the text property type
 		All fields except "type" are optional.
 
-		The second argument is a List of Lists where each list
-		specifies the starting and ending position of the text.  The
-		first two items {lnum} and {col} specify the starting position
-		of the text where the property will be attached and the last
-		two items {end-lnum} and {end-col} specify the position just
-		after the text.
+		The second argument is a List of items, where each {item} is a
+		list that specifies the starting and ending position of the
+		text: [{lnum}, {col}, {end-lnum}, {end-col}]
+		or:   [{lnum}, {col}, {end-lnum}, {end-col}, {id}]
+
+		The first two items {lnum} and {col} specify the starting
+		position of the text where the property will be attached.
+		The next two items {end-lnum} and {end-col} specify the
+		position just after the text.
+		An optional fifth item {id} can be used to give a different ID
+		to a property.  When omitted the ID from {props} is used,
+		falling back to zero if none are present.
 
 		It is not possible to add a text property with a "text" field
 		here.

runtime/doc/tips.txt

@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ the current window, try this custom `:HelpCurwin` command:
 >
 	command -bar -nargs=? -complete=help HelpCurwin execute s:HelpCurwin(<q-args>)
 	let s:did_open_help = v:false
-	
+
 	function s:HelpCurwin(subject) abort
 	  let mods = 'silent noautocmd keepalt'
 	  if !s:did_open_help

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 18
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,83 +38,36 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Closure created in for loop can use loop variable?  #11094
-    Nested loops do not work correctly yet.
-    Would need to save vars for each block separately.
+Upcoming larger works:
+- Make spell checking work with recent .dic/.aff files, e.g. French.  #4916
+    Make Vim understand the format somehow?   Search for "spell" below.
+    Make sure suggestions are speedy, also with composed words (German).
+- Discuss alternatives for using other grammars (treesitter, TextMate).
+   - Possibly conversion to Vim syntax rules.
+   - Other mechanism than group and cluster to nest syntax items, to be used
+     for grammars.
+   - Possibly keeping the parsed syntax tree and incremental updates.
+   - tree-sitter doesn't handle incorrect syntax (while typing) properly.
+   - Make clear how it relates to LSP.
+   - example plugin: https://github.com/uga-rosa/dps-vsctm.vim
 
-Virtual text:
-- Virtual text below: padding is highlighted when 'number' is set  #11138
-- Virtual text above: do not highlight until end of line?  #11138
-- 'number' should be below "above" virtual text?  Might be difficult to
-  implement.
-- Add highlight for the gap before/after virtual text above/below?
-- option to hide virtual text?
-
-Fail with valgrind: test_edit
-Found errors in Test_edit_insertmode_ex_edit():
-        Run 1, 01:19:51 - 01:20:01:
-        command line..script /home/mool/vim/vim90/src/testdir/runtest.vim[469]..function RunTheTest[44]..Test_edit_insertmode_ex_edit[13]..WaitForAssert[2]..<SNR>6_WaitForCommon[11]..<lambda>4 line 1: Pattern '^-- INSERT --\\s*$' does not match ''
-
-From test_global
-        Found errors in Test_interrupt_global():
-        Run 1, 02:16:22 - 02:16:27:
-        command line..script /home/mool/vim/vim90/src/testdir/runtest.vim[469]..function RunTheTest[44]..Test_interrupt_global[13]..WaitForAssert[2]..<SNR>7_WaitForCommon[11]..<lambda>20 line 1: Pattern 'Interrupted' does not match 'Type  :qa!  and press...l changes and exit Vim           1,1           All'
-        command line..script /home/mool/vim/vim90/src/testdir/runtest.vim[469]..function RunTheTest[44]..Test_interrupt_global[20]..WaitForAssert[2]..<SNR>7_WaitForCommon[11]..<lambda>21 line 1: Pattern 'Interrupted' does not match 'Entering Ex mode.  Type "visual" to go to Normal mode.'
-
-test_terminal3:
-Conditional jump or move depends on uninitialised value(s)
-==2819005==    at 0x2E9134: jump_to_mouse (mouse.c:2015)
-==2819005==    by 0x2E69E6: do_mouse (mouse.c:702)
-==2819005==    by 0x2E95C2: nv_mouse (mouse.c:2166)
-
-option_set():  "get a bit too much"
-    - refactor to separate function
-    - check for empty result
-
-Use :defer command:
-    - Use "D" flag of writefile() and mkdir() in tests.
-	(testdir/test_c*.vim done)
-
-When using :echomessage do use msg_row and msg_col, but save and restore.
-How to test any failure?  If nothing fails perhaps it's OK alrady.
-
-New Vim indent script: #11079  Not done yet.
 
 Further Vim9 improvements, possibly after launch:
-- Use Vim9 for more runtime files.
-- Check performance with callgrind and kcachegrind.
-    getline()/substitute()/setline() in #5632
-- Better implementation for partial and tests for that.
-- when using "const" mark the variable type as const with TTFLAG_CONST, so
-  that an error is given at compile time when trying to change it.  E.g. for a
-  const list and trying to call add().
-- Compile options that are an expression, e.g. "expr:" in 'spellsuggest',
-  'foldexpr', 'foldtext', 'printexpr', 'diffexpr', 'patchexpr', 'charconvert',
-  'balloonexpr', 'includeexpr', 'indentexpr', 'formatexpr'.
-  Give an error if compilation fails. (#7625)
-  Alternatively: Detect a compiled function call and skip the expression
-  evaluation.
-  Use the location where the option was set for deciding whether it's to be
-  evaluated in Vim9 script context.
+- implement :class and :interface: See |vim9-classes|  #11544
 - implement :type
 - implement :enum
-- implement :class and :interface: See |vim9-classes|
-- For range: make table of first ASCII character with flag to quickly check if
-  it can be a Vim9 command. E.g. "+" can, but "." can't.
+- Use Vim9 for more runtime files.
 - Inline call to map() and filter(), better type checking.
-- Make accessing varargs faster: arg[expr]
-	EVAL expr
-	LOADVARARG (varargs idx)
 - When evaluating constants for script variables, some functions could work:
     has(featureName), len(someString)
 - Implement as part of an expression: ++expr, --expr, expr++, expr--.
 
 Popup windows:
-- Preview popup not properly updated when it overlaps with completion menu.
-  (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2021 May 22)
-- Scrollbar thumb sometimes not visible  #10492
 - Add a function to redraw a specific popup window.  Esp. to be used when
   editing the command line, when screen updating doesn't happen. (Shougo)
+  #10210  Example that shows the need on the issue.
+  Probably need to update all popup windows (they may overlap)
+  If the display is scrolled need to redraw everything later.
 - Add a flag to make a popup window focusable?
     CTRL-W P cycle over any preview window or focusable popup, end up back in
 	     current window.
@@ -141,8 +94,6 @@ Popup windows:
     - put popup menu also in popup_mask?
 - Match does not have right BG color if line length equals popup width.
   (#5658)
-- Any other commands to disable in a popup window?
-  Use ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW for these.
 - Figure out the size and position better if wrapping inserts indent
 
 'incsearch' with :s:
@@ -218,8 +169,13 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
   conversions.
 
+Crash when a variable is removed while listing variables (Issue #11435)
+
 Autoconf: must use autoconf 2.69, later version generates lots of warnings
-- try using autoconf 2.71 and fix all "obsolete" warnings
+- try using autoconf 2.71 and fix all "obsolete" warnings  #11322
+
+Problem with Visual highlight when 'linebreak' and 'showbreak' are set.
+#11272
 
 Can deref_func_name() and deref_function_name() be merged?
 
@@ -228,34 +184,83 @@ reduced?
 
 Add BufDeletePost.  #11041
 
-Add a string to the 'display' option ("smoothscroll" ?) to make CTRL-E and
-CTRL-Y scroll one screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start
-with the first character (like what happens with a last line that doesn't
-fit).  Display "<<<" at the start of the first visible line (like "@@@" is
-displayed in the last line). (Arseny Nasokin,  #5154)
-Neovim PR: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/11014
+Add winid arg to col() and charcol()  #11466 (request #11461)
+
+Can we make 'noendofline' and 'endoffile' visible?  Should show by default,
+since it's an unusual situation.
+- Show 'noendofline' when it would be used for writing ('fileformat' "dos")
+  with an upside down exclamation mark?  NonText highlighting.
+- Show 'endoffile' when it would be used for writing ('fileformat' "dos") with
+  "CTRL-Z", NonText highlighting.
+- Add 'fillchars' items to change this, default behavior like:
+	noeol:¡
+	eof:CTRL-Z
+
+Test property disappears when using CR twice in a row.  OK when some text was
+entered. (#11151)
+
+Add 'keywordprg' to various ftplugin files:
+https://github.com/vim/vim/pull/5566
+
+PR #11579 to add visualtext(), return Visually selected text.
+
+Issue #10512: Dynamic loading broken with Perl 5.36
+Damien has a patch (2022 Dec 4)
+
+Add some kind of ":whathappend" command and functions to make visible what the
+last few typed keys and executed commands are.  To be used when the user
+wonders what went wrong.
+- typed keys - Normal mode command - like what is recorded in a register and
+  displayed by 'showcmd'.
+- executed command lines
+- with more verbosity: what scripts/functions/autocommands were executed
 
 NFA regexp does not handle composing characters well: #10286
     [ɔ̃] matches both ɔ and ɔ̃
     \(ɔ\|ɔ̃\) matches ɔ and not ɔ̃
 
-Improvement in terminal configuration mess: Request the terminfo entry from
-the terminal itself.  The $TERM value then is only relevant for whether this
-feature is supported or not.  Replaces the xterm mechanism to request each
-entry separately. #6609
-Multiplexers (screen, tmux) can request it to the underlying terminal, and
-pass it on with modifications.
+Is there a way to make 'autowriteall' make a clean exit when the xterm is
+closed? (Dennis Nazic says files are preserved, okt 28).  Perhaps handle TERM
+like HUP?
+
+Better terminal emulator support:
+  > Somehow request the terminfo entry from the terminal itself.  The $TERM
+    value then is only relevant for whether this feature is supported or not.
+    Replaces the xterm mechanism to request each entry separately. #6609
+    Multiplexers (screen, tmux) can request it to the underlying terminal, and
+    pass it on with modifications.
+    How to get all the text quickly (also over ssh)? Can we use a side channel?
+  > When xterm supports sending an Escape sequence for the Esc key, should
+    have a way to request this state.  That could be an XTGETTCAP entry, e.g.
+    "k!".  Add "esc_sends_sequence" flag.
+    If we know this state, then do not pretend going out of Insert mode in
+    vgetorpeek(), where kitty_protocol_state is checked.
+  > If a response ends up in a shell command, one way to avoid this is by
+    sending t_RV last and delay starting a shell command until the response
+    has been seen.
+  > Can we use the req_more_codes_from_term() mechanism with more terminals?
+    Should we repeat it after executing a shell command?
+    Can also add this to the 'keyprotocol' option: "mok2+tcap"
+  > In the table of terminal names pointing to the list of termcap entries,
+    add an optional additional one.  So that "xterm-kitty" can first load
+    "xterm" and then add "kitty" entries.
 
 Using "A" and "o" in manually created fold (in empty buffer) does not behave
 consistenly (James McCoy, #10698)
 
+In a timer callback, when using ":echo" and then input() the message is
+overwritten.  Could use ":echowin" and call redraw_cmd() in get_user_input().
+#11299
+
+Syntax include problem: #11277.  Related to Patch 8.2.2761
+
 To avoid flicker: add an option that when a screen clear is requested, instead
 of clearing it draws everything and uses "clear to end of line" for every line.
 Resetting 't_ut' already causes this?
 
 When scheme can't be found by configure there is no clear "not found" message:
     configure:5769: checking MzScheme install prefix
-    configure:5781: result: 
+    configure:5781: result:
 
 Can "CSI nr X" be used instead of outputting spaces?  Is it faster?  #8002
 
@@ -270,6 +275,15 @@ Idea: when typing ":e /some/dir/" and "dir" does not exist, highlight in red.
 initialization to figure out the default value from 'shell'.  Add a test for
 this.
 
+Support translations for plugins: #11637
+- Need a tool like xgettext for Vim script, generates a .pot file.
+  Need the equivalent of _() and N_(), perhaps TR() and TRN().
+- Instructions for how to create .po files and translate.
+- Script or Makefile to generate .mo files.
+- Instructions and perhaps a script to install the .mo files in the right
+  place.
+- Add variant of gettext() that takes a package name.
+
 With concealed text mouse click doesn't put the cursor in the right position.
 (Herb Sitz)  Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 16.  Doesn't work properly,
 need to make the change in where RET_WIN_BUF_CHARTABSIZE() is called.
@@ -282,11 +296,10 @@ MS-Windows: did path modifier :p:8 stop working?  #8600
 Version of getchar() that does not move the cursor - #10603 Use a separate
 argument for the new flag.
 
-Add "lastline" entry to 'fillchars' to specify a character instead of '@'.
-#10963
-
 test_arglist func Test_all_not_allowed_from_cmdwin() hangs on MS-Windows.
 
+Can we add highlighting to ":echowindow"?
+
 Information for a specific terminal (e.g. gnome, tmux, konsole, alacritty) is
 spread out.  Make a section with copy/paste examples of script and pointers to
 more information.
@@ -312,7 +325,9 @@ Adding "10" to 'spellsuggest' causes spell suggestions to become very slow.
 Also, z= in German on a long word can take a very long time, but CTRL-C to
 interrupt does not work. Where to add ui_breakcheck()?
 New English spell files also have very slow suggestions.
-French spell files don't work correctly.  #4916
+
+When 'spelloptions' is "camel" then zG doesn't work on some words.
+(Gary Johnson, 17 Oct 2022)
 
 Make "g>" and "g<" in Visual mode move the text right or left.
 Also for a block selection.  #8558
@@ -346,6 +361,9 @@ when redirecting to a local variable (function or script) storing the value
 won't work.  At least give an error.  Is there a way to make it work?
 #10616
 
+Completion for ":runtime" should show valid values, not what's in the current
+directory. (#11447)
+
 Add an option to start_timer() to return from the input loop with K_IGNORE.
 This is useful e.g. when a popup was created that disables mappings, we need
 to return from vgetc() to make this happen.  #7011
@@ -387,6 +405,7 @@ Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
 So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
 same thing.
 Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
+Perhaps also related: #5147
 
 Matchparen doesn't remove highlight after undo. (#7054)
 Is OK when syntax HL is active.
@@ -427,6 +446,8 @@ and/or "sandbox" are set.
 
 Problem with auto-formatting - inserting space and putting cursor before added
 character. (#6154)
+Auto-formatting comments joins a following non-comment line when the comment
+ends in a space. (Adam Levy, 18 Oct 2022)
 
 When 'lazyredraw' is set sometimes the title is not updated.
 (Jason Franklin, 2020 Feb 3)  Looks like a race condition.
@@ -497,8 +518,6 @@ find them. (Max Kukartsev, #6218)
 
 Enable 'termbidi' if $VTE_VERSION >= 5703 ?
 
-Sound: support on Mac?  Or does libcanberra work there?
-
 Python 3.8 doesn't work. (Antonios Hadjigeorgalis, #5509)
 
 "--cleanFOO" does not result in an error. (#5537)
@@ -648,6 +667,11 @@ negative. (see #4326)
 tab page. (Ingo Karkat, #4324)
 :call settabwinvar(1, 1, '&cmdheight', 2) also doesn't work well.
 
+When opening a file, allow for specifying the initial column position:
+    vim +12:5 file.txt   line 12 column 5
+    :edit +12:5 file.txt
+Should probably use the column as the character index.
+
 This modeline throws unexpected errors: (#4165)
     vim: syn=nosyntax
 
@@ -704,9 +728,6 @@ when possible. (Dylan Lloyd, #3973)
 Make ":interactive !cmd" stop termcap mode, also when used in an autocommand.
 (#3692)
 
-matchaddpos() gets slow with many matches.  Proposal by Rick Howe, 2018 Jul
-19.
-
 Add something like 'fillchars' local to window, but allow for specifying a
 highlight name.  Esp. for the statusline.
 And "extends" and "precedes" are also useful without 'list' set.  Also in
@@ -2632,13 +2653,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 -   Add possibility to highlight specific columns (for Fortran).  Or put a
     line in between columns (e.g., for 'textwidth').
     Patch to add 'hlcolumn' from Vit Stradal, 2004 May 20.
-8   Add functions:
-    gettext()		Translate a message.  (Patch from Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
-			Update 2004 Sep 10
-			Another patch from Edward L. Fox (2005 Nov 24)
-			Search in 'runtimepath'?
-			More docs needed about how to use this.
-			How to get the messages into the .po files?
     confirm()		add "flags" argument, with 'v' for vertical
 			    layout and 'c' for console dialog. (Haegg)
 			    Flemming Madsen has a patch for the 'c' flag
@@ -3124,9 +3138,6 @@ Macintosh:
     line is too short.  Add a word in 'scrollopt' to allow moving the cursor
     to longer line that is visible.  A similar thing is done for the GUI when
     using the horizontal scrollbar.
-7   VisVim can only open one file.  Hard to solve: each opened file is passed
-    with a separate invocation, would need to use timestamps to know the
-    invocations belong together.
 8   When giving a ":bwipeout" command a file-changed dialog may popup for this
     buffer, which is pointless.  (Mike Williams)
 8   On MS-Windows ":make" doesn't show output while it is working.  Use the
@@ -4525,8 +4536,11 @@ Autocommands:
 		      BufChangePre, BufChangePost and RevertBuf. (Shah)
     ViewChanged	    - triggered when the text scrolls and when the window size
 		      changes.
-    WinResized	    - After a window has been resized
-    WinClose	    - Just before closing a window
+    QuickfixList    - when any entry in the current list changes or another
+		      list is selected
+    QuickfixPosition - when selecting another entry in the current quickfix
+		       list
+
 -   Write the file now and then ('autosave'):
 				  *'autosave'* *'as'* *'noautosave'* *'noas'*
     'autosave' 'as' number  (default 0)

runtime/doc/userfunc.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*userfunc.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 09
+*userfunc.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ Defining and using functions.
 
 This is introduced in section |41.7| of the user manual.
 
-1. Defining a fuction			|define-function|
-2. Calling a fuction			|:call|
+1. Defining a function			|define-function|
+2. Calling a function			|:call|
 3. Cleaning up in a function		|:defer|
 4. Automatically loading functions	|autoload-functions|
 
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ function to abort.  `:defer` can be used to avoid that: >
 	  call Handle('Outfile')
 	endfunc
 
-Note that deleting "Outfile" is scheduled before calling system(), since it
+Note that deleting "Outfile" is scheduled before calling `system()`, since it
 can be created even when `system()` fails.
 
 The deferred functions are called in reverse order, the last one added is
@@ -482,6 +482,10 @@ then define the function like this: >
 	   echo "Done!"
 	endfunction
 
+If the file doesn't exist, Vim will also search in 'packpath' (under "start")
+to allow calling packages' functions from your .vimrc when the packages have
+not been added to 'runtimepath' yet (see |packages|).
+
 The file name and the name used before the # in the function must match
 exactly, and the defined function must have the name exactly as it will be
 called.  In Vim9 script the "g:" prefix must be used: >

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2020 Sep 03
+*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 30
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ you can see?  This figure shows the three commands you can use:
 			+---------------------------+
 
 Hints: "H" stands for Home, "M" for Middle and "L" for Last.  Alternatively,
-"H" for high, "M" for Middle and "L" for low.
+"H" for High, "M" for Middle and "L" for Low.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *03.6*	Telling where you are

runtime/doc/usr_12.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_12.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Apr 19
+*usr_12.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 19
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 23
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 05
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ FOUR KINDS OF NUMBERS
 Numbers can be decimal, hexadecimal, octal and binary.
 
 A hexadecimal number starts with "0x" or "0X".  For example "0x1f" is decimal
-31 and 0x1234 is decimal 4660.
+31 and "0x1234" is decimal 4660.
 
 An octal number starts with "0o", "0O".  "0o17" is decimal 15.
 
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ If you don't like the concatenation you can use the $"string" form, which
 accepts an expression in curly braces: >
 	echo $"Name: {name}"
 
-See |interp-string| for more information.
+See |interpolated-string| for more information.
 
 Borrowed from the C language is the conditional expression: >
 
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ search() function uses its first argument as a search pattern and the second
 one as flags.  The "W" flag means the search doesn't wrap around the end of
 the file.
 
-Using the  `call` command is optional in |Vim9| script.  It is required in
+Using the `call` command is optional in |Vim9| script.  It is required in
 legacy script and on the command line: >
 
 	call search("Date: ", "W")
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	call()			call a function with List as arguments
 	index()			index of a value in a List or Blob
 	indexof()		index in a List or Blob where an expression
-				evaluates to true 
+				evaluates to true
 	max()			maximum value in a List
 	min()			minimum value in a List
 	count()			count number of times a value appears in a List
@@ -935,6 +935,7 @@ Working with text in the current buffer:		*text-functions*
 
 Working with text in another buffer:
 	getbufline()		get a list of lines from the specified buffer
+	getbufoneline()		get a one line from the specified buffer
 	setbufline()		replace a line in the specified buffer
 	appendbufline()		append a list of lines in the specified buffer
 	deletebufline()		delete lines from a specified buffer
@@ -1030,6 +1031,7 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	getwininfo()		get a list with window information
 	getchangelist()		get a list of change list entries
 	getjumplist()		get a list of jump list entries
+	swapfilelist()		list of existing swap files in 'directory'
 	swapinfo()		information about a swap file
 	swapname()		get the swap file path of a buffer
 
@@ -1110,6 +1112,7 @@ Interactive:					*interactive-functions*
 	getcharstr()		get a character from the user as a string
 	getcharmod()		get modifiers for the last typed character
 	getmousepos()		get last known mouse position
+	getmouseshape()		get name of the current mouse shape
 	echoraw()		output characters as-is
 	feedkeys()		put characters in the typeahead queue
 	input()			get a line from the user
@@ -1289,6 +1292,7 @@ Popup window:					*popup-window-functions*
 	popup_filter_yesno()	block until 'y' or 'n' is pressed
 	popup_getoptions()	get current options for a popup
 	popup_getpos()		get actual position and size of a popup
+	popup_findecho()	get window ID for popup used for `:echowindow`
 	popup_findinfo()	get window ID for popup info window
 	popup_findpreview()	get window ID for popup preview window
 	popup_list()		get list of all popup window IDs

runtime/doc/usr_52.txt

@@ -159,6 +159,7 @@ relative path: >
 
 This will search for the script "monthlib.vim" in the autoload directories of
 'runtimepath'.  With Unix one of the directories often is "~/.vim/autoload".
+It will also search under 'packpath', under "start".
 
 The main advantage of this is that this script can be easily shared with other
 scripts.  You do need to make sure that the script name is unique, since Vim

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 17
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@ CTRL-L			Clear and redraw the screen.  The redraw may happen
 			Useful to update the status line(s) when 'statusline'
 			includes an item that doesn't cause automatic
 			updating.
+			If the command line is being edited the redraw is
+			postponed until later.
 
 						*:redrawt* *:redrawtabline*
 :redrawt[abline]	Redraw the tabline.  Useful to update the tabline when
@@ -296,7 +298,8 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 				:silent !{cmd}
 <			The screen is not redrawn then, thus you have to use
 			CTRL-L or ":redraw!" if the command did display
-			something.
+			something.  However, this depends on what the |t_ti|
+			and |t_te| termcap entries are set to.
 			Also see |shell-window|.
 
 							*:!!*
@@ -330,8 +333,8 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 							*+feature-list*
    *+acl*		|ACL| support included
    *+ARP*		Amiga only: ARP support included
-B  *+arabic*		|Arabic| language support
-B  *+autochdir*		support 'autochdir' option
+H  *+arabic*		|Arabic| language support
+N  *+autochdir*		support 'autochdir' option
 T  *+autocmd*		|:autocmd|, automatic commands.  Always enabled since
 			8.0.1564
 H  *+autoservername*	Automatically enable |clientserver|
@@ -347,18 +350,19 @@ T  *++builtin_terms*	maximal terminals builtin |builtin-terms| Always
 N  *+byte_offset*	support for 'o' flag in 'statusline' option, "go"
 			and ":goto" commands.
 m  *+channel*		inter process communication |channel|
-6  *+cindent*		|'cindent'|, C indenting
+T  *+cindent*		|'cindent'|, C indenting; Always enabled
 N  *+clientserver*	Unix and Win32: Remote invocation |clientserver|
    *+clipboard*		|clipboard| support compiled-in
    *+clipboard_working*	|clipboard| support compiled-in and working
 T  *+cmdline_compl*	command line completion |cmdline-completion|
 T  *+cmdline_hist*	command line history |cmdline-history|
-N  *+cmdline_info*	|'showcmd'| and |'ruler'|
-S  *+cmdwin*		|cmdline-window| support
+T  *+cmdline_info*	|'showcmd'| and |'ruler'|; Always enabled since
+			9.0.0747
+T  *+cmdwin*		|cmdline-window| support; Always enabled since 9.0.0657
 T  *+comments*		|'comments'| support
-B  *+conceal*		"conceal" support, see |conceal| |:syn-conceal| etc.
+N  *+conceal*		"conceal" support, see |conceal| |:syn-conceal| etc.
 N  *+cryptv*		encryption support |encryption|
-B  *+cscope*		|cscope| support
+H  *+cscope*		|cscope| support
 T  *+cursorbind*	|'cursorbind'| support
 m  *+cursorshape*	|termcap-cursor-shape| support
 m  *+debug*		Compiled for debugging.
@@ -369,7 +373,7 @@ N  *+diff*		|vimdiff| and 'diff'
 N  *+digraphs*		|digraphs| *E196*
    *+directx*		Win32 GUI only: DirectX and |'renderoptions'|
    *+dnd*		Support for DnD into the "~ register |quote_~|.
-B  *+emacs_tags*	|emacs-tags| files
+H  *+emacs_tags*	|emacs-tags| files
 N  *+eval*		expression evaluation |eval.txt|
 T  *+ex_extra*		always on now, used to be for Vim's extra Ex commands
 N  *+extra_search*	|'hlsearch'| and |'incsearch'| options.
@@ -395,12 +399,12 @@ T  *+insert_expand*	|insert_expand| Insert mode completion
 m  *+ipv6*		Support for IPv6 networking |channel|
 m  *+job*		starting and stopping jobs |job|
 T  *+jumplist*		|jumplist|; Always enabled since 8.2.3795
-B  *+keymap*		|'keymap'|
+H  *+keymap*		|'keymap'|
 N  *+lambda*		|lambda| and |closure|
-B  *+langmap*		|'langmap'|
+H  *+langmap*		|'langmap'|
 N  *+libcall*		|libcall()|
 N  *+linebreak*		|'linebreak'|, |'breakat'| and |'showbreak'|
-t  *+lispindent*	|'lisp'|
+T  *+lispindent*	|'lisp'|
 T  *+listcmds*		Vim commands for the list of buffers |buffer-hidden|
 			and argument list |:argdelete|
 T  *+localmap*		Support for mappings local to a buffer |:map-local|
@@ -411,16 +415,16 @@ N  *+mksession*		|:mksession|
 T  *+modify_fname*	|filename-modifiers|
 T  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
 N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
-B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
+N  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
 m  *+mouse_gpm/dyn*	Same as |+mouse_gpm| with optional library dependency
 			|/dyn|
 N  *+mouse_jsbterm*	JSB mouse handling |jsbterm-mouse|
-B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
+N  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
 N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
-B  *+mouse_sgr*		Unix only: sgr mouse handling |sgr-mouse|
-B  *+mouse_urxvt*	Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
+N  *+mouse_sgr*		Unix only: sgr mouse handling |sgr-mouse|
+N  *+mouse_urxvt*	Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_xterm*	Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
 T  *+multi_byte*	Unicode support, 16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
    *+multi_byte_ime*	Win32 input method for multibyte chars |multibyte-ime|
@@ -449,14 +453,14 @@ m  *+python3/dyn*	Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+quickfix*		|:make| and |quickfix| commands
 N  *+reltime*		|reltime()| function, 'hlsearch'/'incsearch' timeout,
 			'redrawtime' option
-B  *+rightleft*		Right to left typing |'rightleft'|
+H  *+rightleft*		Right to left typing |'rightleft'|
 m  *+ruby*		Ruby interface |ruby|
 m  *+ruby/dyn*		Ruby interface |ruby-dynamic| |/dyn|
 T  *+scrollbind*	|'scrollbind'|
-B  *+signs*		|:sign|
-t  *+smartindent*	|'smartindent'|
-B  *+sodium*		compiled with libsodium for better encryption support
-B  *+sound*		|sound_playevent()|, |sound_playfile()| functions, etc.
+N  *+signs*		|:sign|
+T  *+smartindent*	|'smartindent'|
+H  *+sodium*		compiled with libsodium for better encryption support
+H  *+sound*		|sound_playevent()|, |sound_playfile()| functions, etc.
 N  *+spell*		spell checking support, see |spell|
 N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
 N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
@@ -472,7 +476,7 @@ m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+terminal*		Support for terminal window |terminal|
    *+terminfo*		uses |terminfo| instead of termcap
 N  *+termresponse*	support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
-B  *+termguicolors*	24-bit color in xterm-compatible terminals support
+N  *+termguicolors*	24-bit color in xterm-compatible terminals support
 T  *+textobjects*	|text-objects| selection. Always enabled since 9.0.0222.
 N  *+textprop*		|text-properties|
    *+tgetent*		non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
@@ -481,7 +485,7 @@ T  *+title*		Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'; Always enabled
 N  *+toolbar*		|gui-toolbar|
 T  *+user_commands*	User-defined commands. |user-commands|
 			Always enabled since 8.1.1210.
-B  *+vartabs*		Variable-width tabstops. |'vartabstop'|
+H  *+vartabs*		Variable-width tabstops. |'vartabstop'|
 T  *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|; Always enabled
 			since 8.0.1118.
 T  *+vim9script*	|Vim9| script

runtime/doc/version5.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version5.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 06
+*version5.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Added					|added-5.8|
 Fixed					|fixed-5.8|
 
 ==============================================================================
-				 INCOMPATIBLE		*incompatible-5*
+INCOMPATIBLE						*incompatible-5*
 
 Default value for 'compatible' changed			*cp-default*
 --------------------------------------
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ CTRL-_ key for this |i_CTRL-_|. >
    :imap <C-B> <C-O>:set revins!<CR>
 
 ==============================================================================
-				 NEW FEATURES		*new-5*
+NEW FEATURES						*new-5*
 
 Syntax highlighting					*new-highlighting*
 -------------------
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ Included support for the Farsi language (Shiran).  Only when enabled at
 compile time.  See |farsi|.
 
 ==============================================================================
-				 IMPROVEMENTS		*improvements-5*
+IMPROVEMENTS						*improvements-5*
 
 Performance:
 - When 'showcmd' was set, mappings would execute much more slowly because the
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ Some versions of Motif require "-lXpm".  Added check for this in configure.
 Don't add "-L/usr/lib" to the link line, causes problems on a few systems.
 
 ==============================================================================
-			     COMPILE TIME CHANGES	*compile-changes-5*
+COMPILE TIME CHANGES					*compile-changes-5*
 
 When compiling, allow a choice for minimal, normal or maximal features in an
 easy way, by changing a single line in src/feature.h.
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ Don't use HPUX digraphs by default, but only when HPUX_DIGRAPHS is defined.
 |digraphs-default|
 
 ==============================================================================
-				 BUG FIXES		*bug-fixes-5*
+BUG FIXES						*bug-fixes-5*
 
 Note:	Some of these fixes may only apply to test versions which were
 	created after version 4.6, but before 5.0.

runtime/doc/version9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version9.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 28
+*version9.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -254,12 +254,12 @@ summary.
 Many memory leaks, invalid memory accesses and crashes have been fixed.
 See the list of patches below: |bug-fixes-9|.
 
-Support for Vim expression evaluation in a string. |interp-string|
+Support for Vim expression evaluation in a string. |interpolated-string|
 Support for evaluating Vim expressions in a heredoc. |:let-heredoc|
 
 Support for fuzzy matching:
 - a string in a List of strings. |fuzzy-matching|
-- completion support for command line completion using 'wildoptions'
+- completion support for command line completion using 'wildoptions'.
 - for |:vimgrep|.
 
 Added support for the |Haiku| OS.
@@ -398,22 +398,22 @@ Update xdiff to version 2.33.  Update libvterm to revision 789.
 
 Support 'trim' for Python/Lua/Perl/Tcl/Ruby/MzScheme interface heredoc.
 
-Add the |t_AU| and |t_8u| termap codes for underline and undercurl.  Add the
+Add the |t_AU| and |t_8u| termcap codes for underline and undercurl.  Add the
 t_fd and t_fe termcap codes for detecting focus events.
 
 Support for indenting C pragmas like normal code. (|cino-P|)
 
-Add support for defining the syntax fold level (|:syn-foldlevel|)
+Add support for defining the syntax fold level. (|:syn-foldlevel|)
 
 Add support for using \<*xxx> in a string to prepend a modifier to a
-character. (|expr-quote|).
+character. (|expr-quote|)
 
 Add support trimming characters at the beginning or end of a string using
 |trim()|.
 
 Make ":verbose pwd" show the scope of the directory. |:pwd-verbose|
 
-Add the "0o" notation for specifying octal numbers |scriptversion-4|
+Add the "0o" notation for specifying octal numbers. |scriptversion-4|
 
 Support for changing to the previous tab-local and window-local directories
 using the "tcd -" and "lcd -" commands. (|:tcd-| and |:lcd-|)
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ Add support for executing (|:@|) a register containing line continuation.
 Lua support:
 - Call Vim functions from Lua (vim.call() and vim.fn()).
 - Convert a Lua function and a closure to a Vim funcref so that it can be
-  accessed in a Vimscript (|lua-funcref|).
+  accessed in a Vim script (|lua-funcref|).
 - Not backwards compatible: Make Lua arrays one based.
 - Add support for using table.insert() and table.remove() functions with Vim
   lists.
@@ -27366,7 +27366,7 @@ Files:      src/evalfunc.c, src/testdir/test_vim9_builtin.vim
 Patch 8.2.4460
 Problem:    Vim9: wrong error for defining dict function.
 Solution:   Explicitly check for trying to define a dict function.
-            (closes 9827)
+            (closes #9827)
 Files:      src/errors.h, src/userfunc.c, src/vim9compile.c,
             src/testdir/test_vim9_func.vim
 
@@ -28478,7 +28478,7 @@ Files:      src/change.c, src/drawscreen.c, src/structs.h
 
 Patch 8.2.4645
 Problem:    'shortmess' changed when session does not store options.
-Solution:   Save and restore 'shortmess' if needed. (James Charti,
+Solution:   Save and restore 'shortmess' if needed. (James Cherti,
             closes #10037)
 Files:      src/session.c, src/testdir/test_mksession.vim
 

runtime/doc/vim9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 15
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ features in Vim9 script.
 3.  New style functions			|fast-functions|
 4.  Types				|vim9-types|
 5.  Namespace, Import and Export	|vim9script|
-6.  Future work: classes		|vim9-classes|
+6.  Classes and interfaces		|vim9-classes|
 
 9.  Rationale				|vim9-rationale|
 
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ How constants work varies between languages.  Some consider a variable that
 can't be assigned another value a constant.  JavaScript is an example.  Others
 also make the value immutable, thus when a constant uses a list, the list
 cannot be changed.  In Vim9 we can use both.
-							*E1021*
+							*E1021* *E1307*
 `:const` is used for making both the variable and the value a constant.  Use
 this for composite structures that you want to make sure will not be modified.
 Example: >
@@ -962,6 +962,10 @@ In compiled Vim9 script you get:
 	3
 Generally, you should not change the list that is iterated over.  Make a copy
 first if needed.
+When looping over a list of lists, the nested lists can be changed.  The loop
+variable is "final", it cannot be changed but what its value can be changed.
+							*E1306*
+The depth of loops, :for and :while loops added together, cannot exceed 10.
 
 
 Conditions and expressions ~
@@ -1035,7 +1039,7 @@ In Vim9 script one can use the following predefined values: >
 `true` is the same as `v:true`, `false` the same as `v:false`, `null` the same
 as `v:null`.
 
-While `null` has the type "special", the other "null_" types have the type
+While `null` has the type "special", the other "null_" values have the type
 indicated by their name.  Quite often a null value is handled the same as an
 empty value, but not always.  The values can be useful to clear a script-local
 variable, since they cannot be deleted with `:unlet`.  E.g.: >
@@ -1408,6 +1412,21 @@ to a Vim9 function:
 		'three'
 		]
 
+
+Calling a function in an expr option ~
+							*expr-option-function*
+The value of a few options, such as 'foldexpr', is an expression that is
+evaluated to get a value.  The evaluation can have quite a bit of overhead.
+One way to minimize the overhead, and also to keep the option value very
+simple, is to define a compiled function and set the option to call it
+without arguments.  Example: >
+	vim9script
+	def MyFoldFunc(): any
+	   ... compute fold level for line v:lnum
+	   return level
+	enddef
+	set foldexpr=s:MyFoldFunc()
+
 ==============================================================================
 
 4. Types					*vim9-types*
@@ -1921,64 +1940,17 @@ Or: >
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-6. Future work: classes					*vim9-classes*
+6. Classes and interfaces				*vim9-classes*
 
-Above "class" was mentioned a few times, but it has not been implemented yet.
-Most of Vim9 script can be created without this functionality, and since
-implementing classes is going to be a lot of work, it is left for the future.
-For now we'll just make sure classes can be added later.
+In legacy script a Dictionary could be used as a kind-of object, by adding
+members that are functions.  However, this is quite inefficient and requires
+the writer to do the work of making sure all the objects have the right
+members.  See |Dictionary-function|.
 
-Thoughts:
-- `class` / `endclass`, the whole class must be in one file
-- Class names are always CamelCase (to avoid a name clash with builtin types)
-- A single constructor called "constructor"
-- Single inheritance with `class ThisClass extends BaseClass`
-- `abstract class` (class with incomplete implementation)
-- `interface` / `endinterface` (abstract class without any implementation)
-- `class SomeClass implements SomeInterface`
-- Generics for class: `class <Tkey, Tentry>`
-- Generics for function: `def <Tkey> GetLast(key: Tkey)`
+In |Vim9| script you can have classes, objects and interfaces like in most
+popular object-oriented programming languages.  Since this is a lot of
+functionality it is located in a separate help file: |vim9class.txt|.
 
-Again, much of this is from TypeScript with a slightly different syntax.
-
-Some things that look like good additions:
-- Use a class as an interface (like Dart)
-- Extend a class with methods, using an import (like Dart)
-- Mixins
-- For testing: Mock mechanism
-
-An important class that will be provided is "Promise".  Since Vim is single
-threaded, connecting asynchronous operations is a natural way of allowing
-plugins to do their work without blocking the user.  It's a uniform way to
-invoke callbacks and handle timeouts and errors.
-
-Some commands have already been reserved:
-	*:class*
-	*:endclass*
-	*:abstract*
-	*:enum*
-	*:endenum*
-	*:interface*
-	*:endinterface*
-	*:static*
-	*:type*
-
-Some examples: >
-
-	abstract class Person 
-	    static const prefix = 'xxx'
-	    var name: string
-	    
-	    def constructor(name: string)
-		this.name = name
-	    enddef
-
-	    def display(): void
-		echo name
-	    enddef
-
-	    abstract def find(string): Person
-	endclass
 
 ==============================================================================
 
@@ -2265,18 +2237,5 @@ tool need to be supported.  Since most languages support classes the lack of
 support for classes in Vim is then a problem.
 
 
-Classes ~
-
-Vim supports a kind-of object oriented programming by adding methods to a
-dictionary.  With some care this can be made to work, but it does not look
-like real classes.  On top of that, it's quite slow, because of the use of
-dictionaries.
-
-It would be good to support real classes, and this is planned for a later
-version.  The support is a "minimal common functionality" of class support in
-most languages.  It will work much like Java, which is the most popular
-programming language.
-
-
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/vim9class.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,700 @@
+*vim9class.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 04
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
+
+
+NOTE - This is under development, anything can still change! - NOTE
+
+
+Vim9 classes, objects, interfaces, types and enums.
+
+1.  Overview			|Vim9-class-overview|
+2.  A simple class		|Vim9-simple-class|
+3.  Using an abstract class	|Vim9-abstract-class|
+4.  Using an interface		|Vim9-using-interface|
+5.  More class details		|Vim9-class|
+6.  Type definition		|Vim9-type|
+7.  Enum			|Vim9-enum|
+
+9.  Rationale
+10. To be done later
+
+==============================================================================
+
+1. Overview					*Vim9-class-overview*
+
+The fancy term is "object-oriented programming".  You can find lots of study
+material about this subject.  Here we document what |Vim9| script provides,
+assuming you know the basics already.  Added are helpful hints about how
+to use this functionality effectively.
+
+The basic item is an object:
+- An object stores state.  It contains one or more variables that can each
+  have a value.
+- An object usually provides functions that manipulate its state.  These
+  functions are invoked "on the object", which is what sets it apart from the
+  traditional separation of data and code that manipulates the data.
+- An object has a well defined interface, with typed member variables and
+  member functions.
+- Objects are created by a class and all objects have the same interface.
+  This never changes, it is not dynamic.
+
+An object can only be created by a class.  A class provides:
+- A new() method, the constructor, which returns an object for the class.
+  This method is invoked on the class name: MyClass.new().
+- State shared by all objects of the class: class variables and constants.
+- A hierarchy of classes, with super-classes and sub-classes, inheritance.
+
+An interface is used to specify properties of an object:
+- An object can declare several interfaces that it implements.
+- Different objects implementing the same interface can be used the same way.
+
+The class hierarchy allows for single inheritance.  Otherwise interfaces are
+to be used where needed.
+
+
+Class modeling ~
+
+You can model classes any way you like.  Keep in mind what you are building,
+don't try to model the real world.  This can be confusing, especially because
+teachers use real-world objects to explain class relations and you might think
+your model should therefore reflect the real world.  It doesn't!  The model
+should match your purpose.
+
+You will soon find that composition is often better than inheritance.  Don't
+waste time trying to find the optimal class model.  Or waste time discussing
+whether a square is a rectangle or that a rectangle is a square.  It doesn't
+matter.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+2.  A simple class				*Vim9-simple-class*
+
+Let's start with a simple example: a class that stores a text position: >
+
+	class TextPosition
+	   this.lnum: number
+	   this.col: number
+
+	   def new(lnum: number, col: number)
+	      this.lnum = lnum
+	      this.col = col
+	   enddef
+
+	   def SetLnum(lnum: number)
+	      this.lnum = lnum
+	   enddef
+
+	   def SetCol(col: number)
+	      this.col = col
+	   enddef
+
+	   def SetPosition(lnum: number, col: number)
+	      this.lnum = lnum
+	      this.col = col
+	   enddef
+	 endclass
+
+You can create an object from this class with the new() method: >
+
+	var pos = TextPosition.new(1, 1)
+
+The object members "lnum" and "col" can be accessed directly: >
+
+	echo $'The text position is ({pos.lnum}, {pos.col})'
+
+If you have been using other object-oriented languages you will notice that
+in Vim the object members are consistently referred to with the "this."
+prefix.  This is different from languages like Java and TypeScript.  This
+naming convention makes the object members easy to spot.  Also, when a
+variable does not have the "this." prefix you know it is not an object member.
+
+
+Member write access ~
+
+Now try to change an object member directly: >
+
+	pos.lnum = 9
+
+This will give you an error!  That is because by default object members can be
+read but not set.  That's why the class provides a method for it: >
+
+	pos.SetLnum(9)
+
+Allowing to read but not set an object member is the most common and safest
+way.  Most often there is no problem using a value, while setting a value may
+have side effects that need to be taken care of.  In this case, the SetLnum()
+method could check if the line number is valid and either give an error or use
+the closest valid value.
+
+If you don't care about side effects and want to allow the object member to be
+changed at any time, you can make it public: >
+
+	public this.lnum: number
+	public this.col number
+
+Now you don't need the SetLnum(), SetCol() and SetPosition() methods, setting
+"pos.lnum" directly above will no longer give an error.
+
+
+Private members ~
+
+On the other hand, if you do not want the object members to be read directly,
+you can make them private.  This is done by prefixing an underscore to the
+name: >
+
+	this._lnum: number
+	this._col number
+
+Now you need to provide methods to get the value of the private members.
+These are commonly call getters.  We recommend using a name that starts with
+"Get": >
+
+	def GetLnum(): number
+	   return this._lnum
+	enddef
+
+	def GetCol() number
+	   return this._col
+	enddef
+
+This example isn't very useful, the members might as well have been public.
+It does become useful if you check the value.  For example, restrict the line
+number to the total number of lines: >
+
+	def GetLnum(): number
+	   if this._lnum > this._lineCount
+	      return this._lineCount
+	   endif
+	   return this._lnum
+	enddef
+
+
+Simplifying the new() method ~
+
+Many constructors take values for the object members.  Thus you very often see
+this pattern: >
+
+	   this.lnum: number
+	   this.col: number
+
+	   def new(lnum: number, col: number)
+	      this.lnum = lnum
+	      this.col = col
+	   enddef
+
+Not only is this text you need to write, it also has the type of each member
+twice.  Since this is so common a shorter way to write new() is provided: >
+
+	   def new(this.lnum, this.col)
+	   enddef
+
+The semantics are easy to understand: Providing the object member name,
+including "this.", as the argument to new() means the value provided in the
+new() call is assigned to that object member.  This mechanism is coming from
+the Dart language.
+
+The sequence of constructing a new object is:
+1. Memory is allocated and cleared.  All values are zero/false/empty.
+2. For each declared member that has an initializer, the expression is
+   evaluated and assigned to the member.  This happens in the sequence the
+   members are declared in the class.
+3. Arguments in the new() method in the "this.name" form are assigned.
+4. The body of the new() method is executed.
+
+TODO: for a sub-class the constructor of the parent class will be invoked
+somewhere.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+3.  Using an abstract class			*Vim9-abstract-class*
+
+An abstract class forms the base for at least one sub-class.  In the class
+model one often finds that a few classes have the same properties that can be
+shared, but a class with those properties does not have enough state to create
+an object from.  A sub-class must extend the abstract class and add the
+missing state and/or methods before it can be used to create objects for.
+
+An abstract class does not have a new() method.
+
+For example, a Shape class could store a color and thickness.  You cannot
+create a Shape object, it is missing the information about what kind of shape
+it is.  The Shape class functions as the base for a Square and a Triangle
+class, for which objects can be created.  Example: >
+
+	abstract class Shape
+	   this.color = Color.Black
+	   this.thickness = 10
+	endclass
+
+	class Square extends Shape
+	   this.size: number
+
+	   def new(this.size)
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+
+	class Triangle extends Shape
+	   this.base: number
+	   this.height: number
+
+	   def new(this.base, this.height)
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+<
+						*class-member* *:static*
+Class members are declared with "static".  They are used by the name without a
+prefix: >
+
+	class OtherThing
+	   this.size: number
+	   static totalSize: number
+
+	   def new(this.size)
+	      totalSize += this.size
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+<
+						*class-method*
+Class methods are also declared with "static".  They have no access to object
+members, they cannot use the "this" keyword. >
+
+	class OtherThing
+	   this.size: number
+	   static totalSize: number
+
+	   " Clear the total size and return the value it had before. 
+	   static def ClearTotalSize(): number
+	      var prev = totalSize
+	      totalSize = 0
+	      return prev
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+4.  Using an interface				*Vim9-using-interface*
+
+The example above with Shape, Square and Triangle can be made more useful if
+we add a method to compute the surface of the object.  For that we create the
+interface called HasSurface, which specifies one method Surface() that returns
+a number.  This example extends the one above: >
+
+	abstract class Shape
+	   this.color = Color.Black
+	   this.thickness = 10
+	endclass
+
+	interface HasSurface
+	   def Surface(): number
+	endinterface
+
+	class Square extends Shape implements HasSurface
+	   this.size: number
+
+	   def new(this.size)
+	   enddef
+
+	   def Surface(): number
+	      return this.size * this.size
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+
+	class Triangle extends Shape implements HasSurface
+	   this.base: number
+	   this.height: number
+
+	   def new(this.base, this.height)
+	   enddef
+
+	   def Surface(): number
+	      return this.base * this.height / 2
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+
+The interface name can be used as a type: >
+
+	var shapes: list<HasSurface> = [
+				Square.new(12),
+				Triangle.new(8, 15),
+				]
+	for shape in shapes
+	   echo $'the surface is {shape.Surface()}'
+	endfor
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+5.  More class details					*Vim9-class*
+
+Defining a class ~
+					*:class* *:endclass* *:abstract*
+A class is defined between `:class` and `:endclass`.  The whole class is
+defined in one script file.  It is not possible to add to a class later.
+
+A class can only be defined in a |Vim9| script file.  *E1315*
+A class cannot be defined inside a function.
+
+It is possible to define more than one class in a script file.  Although it
+usually is better to export only one main class.  It can be useful to define
+types, enums and helper classes though.
+
+The `:abstract` keyword may be prefixed and `:export` may be used.  That gives
+these variants: >
+
+	class ClassName
+	endclass
+
+	export class ClassName
+	endclass
+
+	abstract class ClassName
+	endclass
+
+	export abstract class ClassName
+	endclass
+<
+							*E1314*
+The class name should be CamelCased.  It must start with an uppercase letter.
+That avoids clashing with builtin types.
+
+After the class name these optional items can be used.  Each can appear only
+once.  They can appear in any order, although this order is recommended: >
+	extends ClassName
+	implements InterfaceName, OtherInterface
+	specifies SomeInterface
+<							*extends*
+A class can extend one other class.
+							*implements*
+A class can implement one or more interfaces.
+							*specifies*
+A class can declare its interface, the object members and methods, with a
+named interface.  This avoids the need for separately specifying the
+interface, which is often done in many languages, especially Java.
+
+
+Defining an interface ~
+						*:interface* *:endinterface*
+An interface is defined between `:interface` and `:endinterface`.  It may be
+prefixed with `:export`: >
+
+	interface InterfaceName
+	endinterface
+
+	export interface InterfaceName
+	endinterface
+
+An interface can declare object members, just like in a class but without any
+initializer.
+
+An interface can declare methods with `:def`, including the arguments and
+return type, but without the body and without `:enddef`.  Example: >
+
+	interface HasSurface
+	   this.size: number
+	   def Surface(): number
+	endinterface
+
+The "Has" prefix can be used to make it easier to guess this is an interface
+name, with a hint about what it provides.
+
+
+Default constructor ~
+
+In case you define a class without a new() method, one will be automatically
+defined.  This default constructor will have arguments for all the object
+members, in the order they were specified.  Thus if your class looks like: >
+
+	class AutoNew
+	   this.name: string
+	   this.age: number
+	   this.gender: Gender
+	endclass
+
+Then The default constructor will be: >
+
+	def new(this.name, this.age, this.gender)
+	enddef
+
+All object members will be used, also private access ones.
+
+
+Multiple constructors ~
+
+Normally a class has just one new() constructor.  In case you find that the
+constructor is often called with the same arguments you may want to simplify
+your code by putting those arguments into a second constructor method.  For
+example, if you tend to use the color black a lot: >
+
+	def new(this.garment, this.color, this.size)
+	enddef
+	...
+	var pants = new(Garment.pants, Color.black, "XL")
+	var shirt = new(Garment.shirt, Color.black, "XL")
+	var shoes = new(Garment.shoes, Color.black, "45")
+
+Instead of repeating the color every time you can add a constructor that
+includes it: >
+
+	def newBlack(this.garment, this.size)
+	   this.color = Color.black
+	enddef
+	...
+	var pants = newBlack(Garment.pants, "XL")
+	var shirt = newBlack(Garment.shirt, "XL")
+	var shoes = newBlack(Garment.shoes, "9.5")
+
+Note that the method name must start with "new".  If there is no method called
+"new()" then the default constructor is added, even though there are other
+constructor methods.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+6.  Type definition					*Vim9-type* *:type*
+
+A type definition is giving a name to a type specification.  For Example: >
+
+	:type ListOfStrings list<string>
+
+TODO: more explanation
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+7.  Enum					*Vim9-enum* *:enum* *:endenum*
+
+An enum is a type that can have one of a list of values.  Example: >
+
+	:enum Color
+		White
+		Red
+		Green
+		Blue
+		Black
+	:endenum
+
+TODO: more explanation
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+9.  Rationale
+
+Most of the choices for |Vim9| classes come from popular and recently
+developed languages, such as Java, TypeScript and Dart.  The syntax has been
+made to fit with the way Vim script works, such as using `endclass` instead of
+using curly braces around the whole class.
+
+Some common constructs of object-oriented languages were chosen very long ago
+when this kind of programming was still new, and later found to be
+sub-optimal.  By this time those constructs were widely used and changing them
+was not an option.  In Vim we do have the freedom to make different choices,
+since classes are completely new.  We can make the syntax simpler and more
+consistent than what "old" languages use.  Without diverting too much, it
+should still mostly look like what you know from existing languages.
+
+Some recently developed languages add all kinds of fancy features that we
+don't need for Vim.  But some have nice ideas that we do want to use.
+Thus we end up with a base of what is common in popular languages, dropping
+what looks like a bad idea, and adding some nice features that are easy to
+understand.
+
+The main rules we use to make decisions:
+- Keep it simple.
+- No surprises, mostly do what other languages are doing.
+- Avoid mistakes from the past.
+- Avoid the need for the script writer to consult the help to understand how
+  things work, most things should be obvious.
+- Keep it consistent.
+- Aim at an average size plugin, not at a huge project.
+
+
+Using new() for the constructor ~
+
+Many languages use the class name for the constructor method.  A disadvantage
+is that quite often this is a long name.  And when changing the class name all
+constructor methods need to be renamed.  Not a big deal, but still a
+disadvantage.
+
+Other languages, such as TypeScript, use a specific name, such as
+"constructor()".  That seems better.  However, using "new" or "new()" to
+create a new object has no obvious relation with "constructor()".
+
+For |Vim9| script using the same method name for all constructors seemed like
+the right choice, and by calling it new() the relation between the caller and
+the method being called is obvious.
+
+
+No overloading of the constructor ~
+
+In Vim script, both legacy and |Vim9| script, there is no overloading of
+functions.  That means it is not possible to use the same function name with
+different types of arguments.  Therefore there also is only one new()
+constructor.
+
+With |Vim9| script it would be possible to support overloading, since
+arguments are typed.  However, this gets complicated very quickly.  Looking at
+a new() call one has to inspect the types of the arguments to know which of
+several new() methods is actually being called.  And that can require
+inspecting quite a bit of code.  For example, if one of the arguments is the
+return value of a method, you need to find that method to see what type it is
+returning.
+
+Instead, every constructor has to have a different name, starting with "new".
+That way multiple constructors with different arguments are possible, while it
+is very easy to see which constructor is being used.  And the type of
+arguments can be properly checked.
+
+
+No overloading of methods ~
+
+Same reasoning as for the constructor: It is often not obvious what type
+arguments have, which would make it difficult to figure out what method is
+actually being called.  Better just give the methods a different name, then
+type checking will make sure it works as you intended.  This rules out
+polymorphism, which we don't really need anyway.
+
+
+Using "this.member" everywhere ~
+
+The object members in various programming languages can often be accessed in
+different ways, depending on the location.  Sometimes "this." has to be
+prepended to avoid ambiguity.  They are usually declared without "this.".
+That is quite inconsistent and sometimes confusing.
+
+A very common issue is that in the constructor the arguments use the same name
+as the object member.  Then for these members "this." needs to be prefixed in
+the body, while for other members this is not needed and often omitted.  This
+leads to a mix of members with and without "this.", which is inconsistent.
+
+For |Vim9| classes the "this." prefix is always used.  Also for declaring the
+members.  Simple and consistent.  When looking at the code inside a class it's
+also directly clear which variable references are object members and which
+aren't.
+
+
+Single inheritance and interfaces ~
+
+Some languages support multiple inheritance.  Although that can be useful in
+some cases, it makes the rules of how a class works quite complicated.
+Instead, using interfaces to declare what is supported is much simpler.  The
+very popular Java language does it this way, and it should be good enough for
+Vim.  The "keep it simple" rule applies here.  
+
+Explicitly declaring that a class supports an interface makes it easy to see
+what a class is intended for.  It also makes it possible to do proper type
+checking.  When an interface is changed any class that declares to implement
+it will be checked if that change was also changed.  The mechanism to assume a
+class implements an interface just because the methods happen to match is
+brittle and leads to obscure problems, let's not do that.
+
+
+Using class members ~
+
+Using "static member" to declare a class member is very common, nothing new
+here.  In |Vim9| script these can be accessed directly by their name.  Very
+much like how a script-local variable can be used in a function.  Since object
+members are always accessed with "this." prepended, it's also quickly clear
+what kind of member it is.
+
+TypeScript prepends the class name before the class member, also inside the
+class.  This has two problems: The class name can be rather long, taking up
+quite a bit of space, and when the class is renamed all these places need to
+be changed too.
+
+
+Using "ClassName.new()" to construct an object ~
+
+Many languages use the "new" operator to create an object, which is actually
+kind of strange, since the constructor is defined as a method with arguments,
+not a command.  TypeScript also has the "new" keyword, but the method is
+called "constructor()", it is hard to see the relation between the two.
+
+In |Vim9| script the constructor method is called new(), and it is invoked as
+new(), simple and straightforward.  Other languages use "new ClassName()",
+while there is no ClassName() method, it's a method by another name in the
+class called ClassName.  Quite confusing.
+
+
+Default read access to object members ~
+
+Some users will remark that the access rules for object members are
+asymmetric.  Well, that is intentional.  Changing a value is a very different
+action than reading a value.  The read operation has no side effects, it can
+be done any number of times without affecting the object.  Changing the value
+can have many side effects, and even have a ripple effect, affecting other
+objects.
+
+When adding object members one usually doesn't think much about this, just get
+the type right.  And normally the values are set in the new() method.
+Therefore defaulting to read access only "just works" in most cases.  And when
+directly writing you get an error, which makes you wonder if you actually want
+to allow that.  This helps writing code with fewer mistakes.
+
+
+Making object members private with an underscore ~
+
+When an object member is private, it can only be read and changed inside the
+class (and in sub-classes), then it cannot be used outside of the class.
+Prepending an underscore is a simple way to make that visible.  Various
+programming languages have this as a recommendation.
+
+In case you change your mind and want to make the object member accessible
+outside of the class, you will have to remove the underscore everywhere.
+Since the name only appears in the class (and sub-classes) they will be easy
+to find and change.
+
+The other way around is much harder: you can easily prepend an underscore to
+the object member inside the class to make it private, but any usage elsewhere
+you will have to track down and change.  You may have to make it a "set"
+method call.  This reflects the real world problem that taking away access
+requires work to be done for all places where that access exists.
+
+An alternative would have been using the "private" keyword, just like "public"
+changes the access in the other direction.  Well, that's just to reduce the
+number of keywords.
+
+
+No protected object members ~
+
+Some languages provide several ways to control access to object members.  The
+most known is "protected", and the meaning varies from language to language.
+Others are "shared", "private" and even "friend".
+
+These rules make life more difficult.  That can be justified in projects where
+many people work on the same, complex code where it is easy to make mistakes.
+Especially when refactoring or other changes to the class model.
+
+The Vim scripts are expected to be used in a plugin, with just one person or a
+small team working on it.  Complex rules then only make it more complicated,
+the extra safety provide by the rules isn't really needed.  Let's just keep it
+simple and not specify access details.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+
+10. To be done later
+
+Can a newSomething() constructor invoke another constructor?  If yes, what are
+the restrictions?
+
+Thoughts:
+- Generics for a class: `class <Tkey, Tentry>`
+- Generics for a function: `def <Tkey> GetLast(key: Tkey)`
+- Mixins: not sure if that is useful, leave out for simplicity.
+
+Some things that look like good additions:
+- For testing: Mock mechanism
+
+An important class to be provided is "Promise".  Since Vim is single
+threaded, connecting asynchronous operations is a natural way of allowing
+plugins to do their work without blocking the user.  It's a uniform way to
+invoke callbacks and handle timeouts and errors.
+
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Jun 18
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ gn			Search forward for the last used search pattern, like
 			E.g., "dgn" deletes the text of the next match.
 			If Visual mode is active, extends the selection
 			until the end of the next match.
-			'wrapscan' applies
+			'wrapscan' applies.
 			Note: Unlike `n` the search direction does not depend
 			on the previous search command.
 
@@ -152,6 +152,11 @@ gN			Like |gn| but searches backward, like with `N`.
 			environment variable or the -display argument).  Only
 			when 'mouse' option contains 'n' or 'a'.
 
+<LeftMouseNM>		Internal mouse code, used for clicking on the status
+<LeftReleaseNM>		line to focus a window.  NM stands for non-mappable.
+			You cannot use these, but they might show up in some
+			places.
+
 If Visual mode is not active and the "v", "V" or CTRL-V is preceded with a
 count, the size of the previously highlighted area is used for a start.  You
 can then move the end of the highlighted area and give an operator.  The type
@@ -510,11 +515,11 @@ mode Vim automatically switches to Visual mode, so that the same behavior as
 in Visual mode is effective.  If you don't want this use |:xmap| or |:smap|.
 
 One particular edge case: >
-  	:vnoremap <C-K> <Esc>
+	:vnoremap <C-K> <Esc>
 This ends Visual mode when in Visual mode, but in Select mode it does not
 work, because Select mode is restored after executing the mapped keys.  You
 need to use: >
-  	:snoremap <C-K> <Esc>
+	:snoremap <C-K> <Esc>
 <
 Users will expect printable characters to replace the selected area.
 Therefore avoid mapping printable characters in Select mode.  Or use

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 May 11
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -561,9 +561,9 @@ CTRL-W =	Make all windows (almost) equally high and wide, but use
 		Windows with 'winfixheight' set keep their height and windows
 		with 'winfixwidth' set keep their width.
 		To equalize only vertically (make window equally high) use
-		`vertical wincmd =`
+		`vertical wincmd =`.
 		To equalize only horizontally (make window equally wide) use
-		`horizontal wincmd =`
+		`horizontal wincmd =`.
 
 :res[ize] -N					*:res* *:resize* *CTRL-W_-*
 CTRL-W -	Decrease current window height by N (default 1).
@@ -631,6 +631,56 @@ it).
 The minimal height and width of a window is set with 'winminheight' and
 'winminwidth'.  These are hard values, a window will never become smaller.
 
+
+WinScrolled and WinResized autocommands ~
+						*win-scrolled-resized*
+If you want to get notified of changes in window sizes, the |WinResized|
+autocommand event can be used.
+If you want to get notified of text in windows scrolling vertically or
+horizontally, the |WinScrolled| autocommand event can be used.  This will also
+trigger in window size changes.
+Exception: the events will not be triggered when the text scrolls for
+'incsearch'.
+							*WinResized-event*
+The |WinResized| event is triggered after updating the display, several
+windows may have changed size then.  A list of the IDs of windows that changed
+since last time is provided in the v:event.windows variable, for example:
+	[1003, 1006]
+							*WinScrolled-event*
+The |WinScrolled| event is triggered after |WinResized|, and also if a window
+was scrolled.  That can be vertically (the text at the top of the window
+changed) or horizontally (when 'wrap' is off or when the first displayed part
+of the first line changes).  Note that |WinScrolled| will trigger many more
+times than |WinResized|, it may slow down editing a bit.
+
+The information provided by |WinScrolled| is a dictionary for each window that
+has changes, using the window ID as the key, and a total count of the changes
+with the key "all".  Example value for |v:event| (|Vim9| syntax):
+	{
+	   all: {width: 0, height: 2, leftcol: 0, skipcol: 0, topline: 1, topfill: 0},
+	   1003: {width: 0, height: -1, leftcol: 0, skipcol: 0, topline: 0, topfill: 0},
+	   1006: {width: 0, height: 1, leftcol: 0, skipcol: 0, topline: 1, topfill: 0},
+	}
+
+Note that the "all" entry has the absolute values of the individual windows
+accumulated.
+
+If you need more information about what changed, or you want to "debounce" the
+events (not handle every event to avoid doing too much work), you may want to
+use the `winlayout()` and `getwininfo()` functions.
+
+|WinScrolled| and |WinResized| do not trigger when the first autocommand is
+added, only after the first scroll or resize.  They may trigger when switching
+to another tab page.
+
+The commands executed are expected to not cause window size or scroll changes.
+If this happens anyway, the event will trigger again very soon.  In other
+words: Just before triggering the event, the current sizes and scroll
+positions are stored and used to decide whether there was a change.
+								*E1312*
+It is not allowed to change the window layout here (split, close or move
+windows).
+
 ==============================================================================
 7. Argument and buffer list commands			*buffer-list*
 

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2022 Sep 11
+" Last Change:	2022 Dec 05
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -369,6 +369,12 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ch			call dist#ft#FTchange()
 " ChordPro
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.chopro,*.crd,*.cho,*.crdpro,*.chordpro	setf chordpro
 
+" Clang-format
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .clang-format		setf yaml
+
+" Clang-tidy
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .clang-tidy		setf yaml
+
 " Clean
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dcl,*.icl		setf clean
 
@@ -413,6 +419,12 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead configure.in,configure.ac setf config
 " Cooklang
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cook			setf cook
 
+" Clinical Quality Language (CQL)
+" .cql is also mentioned as the 'XDCC Catcher queue list' file extension.
+" If support for XDCC Catcher is needed in the future, the contents of the file
+" needs to be inspected.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cql			setf cqlang
+
 " CSV Files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.csv			setf csv
 
@@ -770,8 +782,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead gitolite.conf		setf gitolite
 au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc	setf perl
 
 " Glimmer-flavored TypeScript and JavaScript
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gts	setf typescript.glimmer
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gjs	setf javascript.glimmer
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gts			setf typescript.glimmer
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gjs			setf javascript.glimmer
 
 " Gnuplot scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi,.gnuplot		setf gnuplot
@@ -969,6 +981,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsp			setf jsp
 
 " Java Properties resource file (note: doesn't catch font.properties.pl)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.properties,*.properties_??,*.properties_??_??	setf jproperties
+" Eclipse preference files use Java Properties syntax
+au BufNewFile,BufRead org.eclipse.*.prefs	setf jproperties
 
 " Jess
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clp			setf jess
@@ -998,7 +1012,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .babelrc,.eslintrc,.prettierrc,.firebaserc  setf json
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsonc			setf jsonc
 
 " Jsonnet
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsonnet,*.libjsonnet	setf jsonnet
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsonnet,*.libsonnet	setf jsonnet
 
 " Julia
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jl			setf julia
@@ -1029,6 +1043,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead Kconfig,Kconfig.debug	setf kconfig
 " Lace (ISE)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ace,*.ACE		setf lace
 
+" Larch Shared Language
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .lsl			call dist#ft#FTlsl()
+
 " Latexmkrc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .latexmkrc,latexmkrc	setf perl
 
@@ -1112,11 +1129,14 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lou,*.lout		setf lout
 " Lua
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lua			setf lua
 
+" Luacheck
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .luacheckrc		setf lua
+
 " Luarocks
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rockspec		setf lua
 
 " Linden Scripting Language (Second Life)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lsl			setf lsl
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lsl			call dist#ft#FTlsl()
 
 " Lynx style file (or LotusScript!)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lss			setf lss
@@ -1179,6 +1199,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead hg-editor-*.txt		setf hgcommit
 " Mercurial config (looks like generic config file)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hgrc,*hgrc		setf cfg
 
+" Mermaid
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mmd,*.mmdc,*.mermaid	setf mermaid
+
 " Meson Build system config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead meson.build,meson_options.txt setf meson
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wrap			setf dosini
@@ -1214,6 +1237,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.m2,*.DEF,*.mi		setf modula2
 " Modula-3 (.m3, .i3, .mg, .ig)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[mi][3g]		setf modula3
 
+" Larch/Modula-3
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lm3			setf modula3
+
 " Monk
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.isc,*.monk,*.ssc,*.tsc	setf monk
 
@@ -1319,6 +1345,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nse			setf lua
 " NSIS
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nsi,*.nsh		setf nsis
 
+" Oblivion Language and Oblivion Script Extender
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.obl,*.obse,*.oblivion,*.obscript  setf obse
+
 " OCaml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ml,*.mli,*.mll,*.mly,.ocamlinit,*.mlt,*.mlp,*.mlip,*.mli.cppo,*.ml.cppo setf ocaml
 
@@ -1357,6 +1386,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead pf.conf				setf pf
 
 " ini style config files, using # comments
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pacman.conf,mpv.conf	setf confini
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.aws/config,*/.aws/credentials	setf confini
 
 " Pacman hooks
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hook
@@ -1388,6 +1418,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dpr,*.lpr			setf pascal
 " Free Pascal makefile definition file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fpc				setf fpcmake
 
+" Path of Exile item filter
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.filter				setf poefilter
+
 " PDF
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pdf				setf pdf
 
@@ -1619,6 +1652,9 @@ else
   au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rmd,*.smd			setf rmd
 endif
 
+" R profile file
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .Rprofile,Rprofile,Rprofile.site	setf r
+
 " RSS looks like XML
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rss				setf xml
 
@@ -1744,6 +1780,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sed			setf sed
 " SubRip
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.srt			setf srt
 
+" SubStation Alpha
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ass,*.ssa		setf ssa
+
 " svelte
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.svelte			setf svelte
 
@@ -1816,8 +1855,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .tcshrc,*.tcsh,tcsh.tcshrc,tcsh.login	call dist#ft#SetFile
 " (patterns ending in a start further below)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .login,.cshrc,csh.cshrc,csh.login,csh.logout,*.csh,.alias  call dist#ft#CSH()
 
-" Zig
+" Zig and Zir (Zig Intermediate Representation)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zig			setf zig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zir			setf zir
 
 " Z-Shell script (patterns ending in a star further below)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .zprofile,*/etc/zprofile,.zfbfmarks  setf zsh
@@ -1939,6 +1979,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/ssh/ssh_config.d/*.conf		setf sshconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead sshd_config			setf sshdconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/ssh/sshd_config.d/*.conf	setf sshdconfig
 
+" OpenVPN configuration
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ovpn			setf openvpn
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */openvpn/*/*.conf	setf openvpn
+
 " Stata
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ado,*.do,*.imata,*.mata	setf stata
 " Also *.class, but not when it's a Java bytecode file
@@ -2086,7 +2130,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tsv			setf tsv
 " TWIG files
 au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.twig		setf twig
 
-" Typescript or Qt translation file (which is XML)
+" TypeScript or Qt translation file (which is XML)
 au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.ts
 	\ if getline(1) =~ '<?xml' |
 	\   setf xml |
@@ -2094,6 +2138,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.ts
 	\   setf typescript |
 	\ endif
 
+" TypeScript module and common
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mts,*.cts		setf typescript
+
 " TypeScript with React
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tsx			setf typescriptreact
 
@@ -2149,6 +2196,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.va,*.vams		setf verilogams
 " SystemVerilog
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sv,*.svh		setf systemverilog
 
+" VHS tape
+" .tape is also used by TapeCalc, which we do not support ATM.  If TapeCalc
+" support is needed the contents of the file needs to be inspected.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tape			setf vhs
+
 " VHDL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hdl,*.vhd,*.vhdl,*.vbe,*.vst,*.vho  setf vhdl
 
@@ -2285,7 +2337,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fsproj,*.fsproj.user	setf xml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vbproj,*.vbproj.user	setf xml
 
 " Qt Linguist translation source and Qt User Interface Files are XML
-" However, for .ts Typescript is more common.
+" However, for .ts TypeScript is more common.
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ui			setf xml
 
 " TPM's are RDF-based descriptions of TeX packages (Nikolai Weibull)
@@ -2300,6 +2352,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead fglrxrc			setf xml
 " Web Services Description Language (WSDL)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wsdl			setf xml
 
+" Workflow Description Language (WDL)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wdl			setf wdl
+
 " XLIFF (XML Localisation Interchange File Format) is also XML
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xlf			setf xml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.xliff			setf xml

runtime/ftplugin/abaqus.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:     Abaqus finite element input file (www.abaqus.com)
 " Maintainer:   Carl Osterwisch <costerwi@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:  2022 Aug 03
+" Last Change:  2022 Oct 08
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
@@ -66,25 +66,44 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
 endif
 
 if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_abaqus_maps")
-  " Define keys used to move [count] keywords backward or forward.
-  noremap <silent><buffer> [[ ?^\*\a<CR>:nohlsearch<CR>
-  noremap <silent><buffer> ]] /^\*\a<CR>:nohlsearch<CR>
+  " Map [[ and ]] keys to move [count] keywords backward or forward
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> ]] :call <SID>Abaqus_NextKeyword(1)<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent><buffer> [[ :call <SID>Abaqus_NextKeyword(-1)<CR>
+  function! <SID>Abaqus_NextKeyword(direction)
+    .mark '
+    if a:direction < 0
+      let flags = 'b'
+    else
+      let flags = ''
+    endif
+    let l:count = abs(a:direction) * v:count1
+    while l:count > 0 && search("^\\*\\a", flags)
+      let l:count -= 1
+    endwhile
+  endfunction
 
-  " Define key to toggle commenting of the current line or range
+  " Map \\ to toggle commenting of the current line or range
   noremap <silent><buffer> <LocalLeader><LocalLeader>
       \ :call <SID>Abaqus_ToggleComment()<CR>j
   function! <SID>Abaqus_ToggleComment() range
-      if strpart(getline(a:firstline), 0, 2) == "**"
-	  " Un-comment all lines in range
-	  silent execute a:firstline . ',' . a:lastline . 's/^\*\*//'
-      else
-	  " Comment all lines in range
-	  silent execute a:firstline . ',' . a:lastline . 's/^/**/'
-      endif
+    if strpart(getline(a:firstline), 0, 2) == "**"
+      " Un-comment all lines in range
+      silent execute a:firstline . ',' . a:lastline . 's/^\*\*//'
+    else
+      " Comment all lines in range
+      silent execute a:firstline . ',' . a:lastline . 's/^/**/'
+    endif
+  endfunction
+
+  " Map \s to swap first two comma separated fields
+  noremap <silent><buffer> <LocalLeader>s :call <SID>Abaqus_Swap()<CR>
+  function! <SID>Abaqus_Swap() range
+    silent execute a:firstline . ',' . a:lastline . 's/\([^*,]*\),\([^,]*\)/\2,\1/'
   endfunction
 
   let b:undo_ftplugin .= "|unmap <buffer> [[|unmap <buffer> ]]"
       \ . "|unmap <buffer> <LocalLeader><LocalLeader>"
+      \ . "|unmap <buffer> <LocalLeader>s"
 endif
 
 " Undo must be done in nocompatible mode for <LocalLeader>.